Current Dictionary: All Dictionaries

Search results for: نوء

مَرَّ بأيام

مَرَّ بأيام
الجذر: م ر ر

مثال: مرَّ بأيام عصيبة
الرأي: مرفوضة
السبب: لإسناد الفعل للذات، وهو للأيام.

الصواب والرتبة: -مَرَّتْ به أيامٌ عصيبة [فصيحة]-مَرَّ بأيام عصيبة [صحيحة]
التعليق: المرور في المثال بمعنى الاجتياز، فهو للأيام وليس للشخص، فالأيام هي التي جازت على الشخص، ويمكن تصحيح المثال المرفوض على أنه نوع من المجاز أو القلب المعنوي كقوله تعالى: {مَا إِنَّ مَفَاتِحَهُ لَتَــنُوءُ بِالْعُصْبَةِ أُولِي الْقُوَّةِ} القصص/76.

الأَمْرُ مُخْتَصٌّ بي

الأَمْرُ مُخْتَصٌّ بي
الجذر: خ ص ص

مثال: هذا الأمر مختصّ بي
الرأي: مرفوضة عند الأكثرين
السبب: لأن في هذا الأسلوب عكسًا لاستعمال الاختصاص، إذ يخصون الأمر بالشخص.

الصواب والرتبة: -أنا مختصّ بهذا الأمر [فصيحة]-هذا الأمر مختصّ بي [صحيحة]
التعليق: تخصُّ العرب الشخص بالأمر، كما في قوله تعالى: {وَاللَّهُ يَخْتَصُّ بِرَحْمَتِهِ مَنْ يَشَاءُ} البقرة/105، ويمكن تصحيح المثال المرفوض على القلب كقوله تعالى: {وَءَاتَيْنَاهُ مِنَ الْكُنُوزِ مَا إِنَّ مَفَاتِحَهُ لَتَــنُوءُ بِالْعُصْبَةِ أُولِي الْقُوَّةِ} القصص/76.

حوى

(حوى) الشَّيْء انقبض وَالشَّيْء قَبضه (لَازم ومتعد) وحوية عَملهَا
(حوى)
الشَّيْء حواية استولى عَلَيْهِ وَملكه وَيُقَال حوى الْحَيَّة رقاها فاستسلمت لَهُ
(حوى) - قَولُه تَبارَك وتَعالَى: {فجَعَلَه غُثاءً أحْوَى}
: أي أَخْضَر، يَضْرِب إلى الحُوَّة، وهي السَّواد
- ومنه الحَدِيث: "وَلَدتْ جَدْيًا أسْفَعَ أَحْوَى" .
: أي أسود، ليس بالشَّدِيد السَّوادِ: أي كان لَطِيمًا، في الخَدَّين بَياضٌ.
- في الحديث: "أَنَّ امرأةً قالَتْ: إنَّ ابْنِى هذا كان [حِجْرِى] له حِواءٌ"
الحِواءُ: اسمُ المَكانِ الذي يَجوِى الشَّىءَ، أي يَجمَعه، وأَصلُه أَخبِية دَنَا بَعضُها من بَعْض.
[حوى] نه فيه: ابني هذا كان بطني له "حواء" هو اسم مكان يحوي الشيء أي يضمه ويجمعه. ط: ولعل هذا الصبي ما بلغ سن التمييز فقدم الأم لحضانته، والصبي في حديث أبي هريرة كان مميزاً فخيره. نه وفيه: فوألنا إلى "حواء" ضخم، هي بيوت مجتمعة مق الناس على ماء، والجمع أحوية، ووألنا لجأنا. ومنه: ويطلب في "الحواء" العظيم الكاتب فما يوجد. وفي ح صفية: كان "يحوي" وراءه بعباءة أو كساء ثم يردفها، التحوية أن يدير كساء حول سنام البعير ثم يركبه، والاسم حوية والجمع حوايا. زرك: ويروى بفتح ياء وسكون حاء أي يهيئ لها من ورائه بعباءة، وهو كساء محشو بليف. نه ومنه ح بدر: قال عمير الجمحي لما نظر إلى أصحاب النبي وحرزهم: رأيت "الحوايا" عليها المنايا، نواضح يثرب تحمل الموت الناقع. وفيه: ولدت جدياً أسفع "أحوى" أي أسود ليس شديد السواد. مد "غثاء "أحوى" أسود. ش: "حواء" رضي الله عنها بالمد. نه وفيه: خير الخيل "الحو" هي جمع أحوى وهو الكميت الذي يعلوه سواد، والحوة الكمتة، وقد حوي فهو أحوى. وفيه: هل علي في مالي شيء إذا أديت زكاته؟ قال صلى الله عليه وسلم: فأين ما "تحاوت" عليك الفضول، هي تفاعلت من حويته إذا جمعته، يقول: لا تدع الموساة من فضل مالك، والفضول جمع فضل المال عن الحوائج، ويروى: تحاوأت، بالهمزة وهو شاذ كلبأت بالحج، وفيه ذكر حكم و"حاء" وهما قبيلتان وهو من الحوة وقد حذفت لامه، أو من حوى ويجوز كونه مقصوراً غير ممدود، ومر في حكم. ك: "الحوايا" جمع حاوية: الأمعاء. غ: "تحوى" تلوى حاو يحاو والماء لا منفذ له حائو.

حو

ى1 حَوَاهُ, aor. ـِ (S, Msb, K,) inf. n. حَىٌّ, (S,) or حَوَايَةٌ, (Msb,) or both, (K,) He collected it; brought it, drew it, or gathered it, together; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ تحاواهُ: (TA:) he grasped it; got, or gained, possession of it: (Msb, K:) and ↓ احتواهُ signifies the same; (S, Msb, K;) as also عَلَيْهِ ↓ احتوى: (Msb, K:) or this last, he took, or got, possession of it; took it, got it, or held it, within his grasp, or in his possession: (S:) and حَوَاهُ signifies also he possessed it: (Msb:) and, said of a place [&c., as also ↓ احتوى

عليه and ↓ احتواه], it comprised, comprehended, or contained, it. (TA.) b2: He turned it round, made it to turn round, or wound it. (Har p. 236.

[See حَىٌّ in art. حى.]) A2: حَوَى حَوِيَّةً He made a vehicle for a woman such as is called حَوِيَّة. (TA.) A3: حَوِىَ [originally حَوِوَ]: see art. حو.2 تَحْوِيَةٌ [inf. n. of حوّى] signifies The act of drawing together, or contracting: and the state of drawing together, or contracting; or being drawn together, or contracted; as also تَحَوٍّ

[inf. n. of ↓ تحوّى]: (Lh, K:) or, in the opinion of ISd, تَحْوِيَةٌ has the former signification; and ↓ تَحَوٍّ, the latter. (TA.) A woman of the tribe of Kelb, being asked what she did in the rainy night, answered, أُحَوِّى نَفْسِى [I draw myself together]. (Lh, TA.) b2: كَانَتْ تُحَوِّى وَرَآءَهُ بِعَبَآءَةٍ

أَوْ كِسَآءٍ, occurring in a trad. of Safeeyeh, means She used to wind an عباءة or a كساء round the hump of the camel, behind him, and then to ride upon it. (IAth. [See حَوِيَّةٌ.]) 5 تحوّى, (S, K,) inf. n. تَحَوٍّ, (K,) It assumed a round, or circular, form; or coiled itself: (K:) or it gathered itself together, and coiled itself, or assumed a round, or circular, form. (S.) Yousay, تَحَوَّتِ الحَيَّةُ (S, K *) The serpent gathered itself together, and wound, or coiled, itself; (TA;) whence, as some say, the word حَيَّةٌ: (K:) and in like manner one says of the intestines. (K.) b2: See also 2, in two places.6 تَحَاْوَىَ see 1.8 إِحْتَوَىَ see 1, in four places.

A2: احتوى حَوِيًّا He made a small watering-trough, or tank, for his camels. (TA.) حَوًى, (Az, IB, TA,) or ↓ حَوِيَّةٌ, (K,) The having, or assuming, a round, or circular, or coiled, form; or roundness or circularity [or the state of being coiled]; of anything; (Az, K, TA;) as, for instance, of a serpent; (Az, IB, TA;) and of certain asterisms, which appear regularly disposed in a round, or circular, form. (Az, TA.) [See 5.]

حِوَآءٌ A place that comprises, comprehends, or contains, a thing: for instance, the belly [or womb] of the mother is a حوآء to the child [or fœtus]. (TA.) b2: A collection of tents (بُيُوت), near together; as also ↓ مُحَوًّى: (K:) or a collection of tents (بيوت) of people, made of camel's fur: (S:) or a collection of tents (بيوت) of people, at a water: (TA:) pl. أَحْوِيَةٌ: (S, TA:) and ↓ محتوى

[app. مُحْتَوًى] and ↓ محوى [app. مَحْوًى] signify a place in which the tents (بيوت) of a tribe are collected together: (Lth, TA:) the last is of the dial. of El-Yemen, where it is applied to a few small tents collected together in a tract, or region, of fruitful, or productive, land: (TA:) and its pl. is محاوى [or, more probably, مَحَاوٍ; with the article, المَحَاوِى]. (Lth, TA.) A tent of [goats'] hair, and of [camels'] fur, of the Arabs of the desert. (KL.) حَوِىٌّ Possessing, after deserving, or after becoming entitled. (IAar, K.) A2: A small wateringtrough, or tank, (K, TA,) which a man makes for his camel; called also مَرْكُوٌّ. (TA.) [See also the next paragraph.]

حَوِيَّةٌ: see حَوًى.

A2: Also A winding, or circling, or coiled, gut or intestine; and so ↓ حَاوِيَةٌ and ↓ حَاوِيَآءُ: (K:) [also called قِتْبٌ:] or the [kind of gut, or intestine, termed]

دَوَّارَة in the belly of the sheep or goat; as also ↓ حَاوِيَةٌ: (IAar:) حَوِيَّةٌ البَطْنِ and البَطْنِ ↓ حَاوِيَةٌ and البَطْنِ ↓ حَاوِيَآءُ all signify the same: (S:) the pl. is حَوَايَا; (K;) or this is the pl. of حَوِيَّةٌ, signifying the أَمْعَآء [or intestines into which the food passes from the stomach]; and the pl. of حَاوِيَةٌ and حَاوِيَآءُ is [said to be] حَوَاوٍ; (S;) but IB says that this latter pl. is not held to be allowable by Sb, and that حَوَايَا is the pl. of all the three sings., [originally] of the measure فَعَائِلُ as pl. of the first, and فَوَاعِلُ as pl. of the second and third [though in these two cases it should be by rule حَوَآءٍ]: AHeyth says that حَوَايَا as pl. of حَاوِيَةٌ is like زَوَايَا as pl. of زَاوِيَةٌ: and ISk mentions الحَاوِيَاتُ as pl. of الحَاوِيَةُ and الحَاوِيَآءُ, [in the latter case like قَاصِعَاتٌ as pl. of قَاصِعَآءُ,] and explains it as signifying بَنَاتُ اللَّبَنِ [app. meaning the small guts, or intestines, in which originate the lacteals]. (TA.) b2: Also sing. of حَوَايَا signifying Winding excavations or hollows, which the rain fills, and in which it remains a long time because the soil at the bottom thereof is cohesive and hard, retaining the water: the Arabs call them [also] أَمْعَآء, likening them to the حَوَايَا of the belly: accord. to AA, the pl. signifies i. q. مَسَاطِحُ [pl. of مِسْطَحٌ], made by collecting earth and stones upon smooth and hard rock, to confine thereby water: accord. to IB, on the authority of IKh, wells that are dug in the district of Kelb, in hard ground, whereby is confined the water of the torrents, which they drink throughout the year: accord. to Nasr, a certain construction with masses of rock in the form of a pool, on the way to Et-Teghlibeeyeh, near Ood: accord. to ISd, the sing. signifies a smooth and hard rock which is surrounded with stones and earth, in which water collects. (TA.) b3: Also A [garment of the kind called] كِسَآء, stuffed [with ثُمَام or the like], which is wound round the hump of the camel; (S, K; *) i. q. سَوِيَّةٌ, except that the former is only for camels, and the latter is sometimes for other animals: pl. حَوَايَا: (S:) a subst. from 2 in the last of the senses assigned to it above: (IAth:) [the same is app. meant by what here follows:] a certain thing that is prepared for a woman to ride upon. (TA. [But it was also used by men.]) 'Omeyr Ibn-Wahb El-Jumahee said, on the day of Bedr, when he computed the number of the companions of the Prophet, رَأَيْتُ الحَوَايَا عَلَيْهَا المَنَايَا [meaning I saw the حوايا with the men of courage upon them]: (S:) [for]

مَنِيَّةٌ [sing. of منايا] means (assumed tropical:) “ a man of courage upon his saddle. ” (TA.) حُوَيَّةٌ [a dim. of حَيَّةٌ]: see what next follows.

رَجُلٌ حَوَّآءٌ A man who collects serpents (حَيَّات); and so ↓ حَاوٍ: [which latter, vulgarly pronounced حَاوِى, is also now applied to a serpent-charmer; and a juggler who performs various tricks with serpents &c.:] (K in art. حى:) or the latter, (S in that art.,) or both, (T in that art.,) an owner of serpents; (T, S;) and so حَاىٍ: (T:) the pl. of حَاوٍ is حُوَاةٌ. (TA.) b2: [Hence,] ↓ الحَوَّآءُ الحُوَيَّةُ (assumed tropical:) The constellations Serpentarius and Serpens. (Kzw.) حَاوٍ: see what next precedes.

حَاوِيَةٌ: see حَوِيَّةٌ, in three places.

حَاوِيَآءُ: see حَوِيَّةٌ, in two places.

حَاوِىٌّ: see حَائِىٌّ, in art. حوأ.

حَيَّةٌ [meaning A serpent] is said by some to be from تَحَوَّى, because what is so termed gathers itself together, and winds, or coils, itself; (ISd, * K, * TA;) and to be originally حَوْيَةٌ; (TA in art. حى;) and their opinion is strengthened by the forms and meaning of the words حَوَّآءٌ and حَاوٍ (TA) [and by the form and meaning of the word مَحْوَاةٌ]: or the حيّة is so called because of the length of its life (لِطُولِ حَيَاتِهَا). (K. [See the next art.]) أَحْوَى: see art. حو.

أَحْوِىٌّ: see art. حو.

محوى [app. مَحْوًى]: see حِوَآءٌ.

أَرْضٌ مَحْوَاةٌ A land abounding with حَيَّات [or serpents]: (TA:) or containing serpents; as also مَحْيَاةٌ. (Ibn-Es-Sarráj, S in art. حى.) مَحْوِىٌّ pass. part. n. of حَوَاهُ. (Msb.) مُحَوًّى: see حِوَآءٌ.

محتوى [app. مُحْتَوًى]: see حِوَآءٌ.

حى: or حى and حيو 1 حَيِىَ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) and حَىَّ, (S, K,) which latter is the more common, (Fr, S,) [like مَلَّ, originally مَلِلَ,] dual حَيِيَا, and حَيَّا, (Fr,) pl. حَيُوا, (Fr, S,) like خَشُوا, (S,) and حَيُّوا, (Fr, S,) as some say, (S,) aor. ـْ (S, Msb, K,) and يَحَىُّ, (Fr, K,) [like يَمَلُّ, originally يَمْلَلُ,] occurring in poetry, but improper, and disallowed by the Basrees, (Fr,) inf. n. حَيَاةٌ [q. v. infrà], (IB, Mgh, Msb,) or حَيَآءٌ, (K,) and حِىٌّ and حَيَوَانٌ, (IB,) which last has an intensive signification, like its contr. مَوَتَانٌ, (Msb,) He, or it, lived; or was, or became, in the state termed حَيَاةٌ, explained below. (S, K.) [The inf. n. حَيَوَانٌ (q. v. infrà) suggests the supposition that حَيِىَ may be originally حَيِوَ; but I find no authority for this supposition; and if it be the case, this verb presents the only instance of a root of which the medial radical letter is ى and the final و.] b2: حَيُوا, said of a people, or company of men, (assumed tropical:) They were, or became, in good condition: (AA, S:) or they were, or became, fat, by having the means of subsistence, بَعْدَ هُزَالٍ [after leanness]. (Az. [See also 4.]) b3: You say also, حَيَّتِ النَّارُ, inf. n. حَيَاةٌ and حَيَآءٌ, (assumed tropical:) [The fire was, or became, alive, or burning,] like as you say, مَاتَت. (AHn.) b4: حَيِىَ الطَّرِيقُ (assumed tropical:) The road, or way, was, or became, apparent, or distinct. (K.) One says, إِذَا حَيِىَ لَكَ الطَّرِيقُ فَخُذْ يَمْنَةً (assumed tropical:) [When the road, or way, becomes apparent, or distinct, to thee, take to the right]. (TA.) b5: حَيِىَ and حَيِىَ مِنْهُ, aor. ـْ inf. n. حَيَآءٌ: see 10, in two places.

A2: حَىَّ الخَمْسِينَ: see 2.2 حيّاهُ, inf. n. تَحِيَّةٌ, (Mgh, Msb, K,) in its primary sense, i. q. ↓ احياهُ. (Mgh.) You say, حَيَّاكَ اللّٰهُ, (S, K,) meaning May God preserve thee alive; prolong thy life; or make thee to continue in life; syn. أَبْقَاكَ; (Fr, Selemeh Ibn-'Ásim, K;) as also ↓ احياك; (Selemeh Ibn-'Ásim, TA;) or عَمَّرَكَ: (Aboo-'Othmán El-Mázinee, Mgh, TA:) or may God save thee; or make thee to be free from evil, or harm, or the like: (Fr, TA:) or may God make thee to have dominion: (Fr, S, K:) or may God honour thee, and benefit thee. (Ham. p. 489.) And حَيَّاكَ اللّٰهُ وَبَيَّاكَ [explained in art. بى]. (TA.) And حَيَّا اللّٰهُ وَجْهَكَ [May God preserve thy face: see مُحَيًّا]. (Ham p. 23.) b2: Also He said to him حَيَّاكَ اللّٰهُ, explained above: (Mgh:) originally, he prayed for his life: and then, he prayed for him, absolutely: (Msb:) he saluted him; (K, TA;) and so حيّاهُ تَحِيَّةَ المُؤْمِنِ: (Lh, TA:) as used in the language of the law, he said to him, سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ. (Msb.) b3: [See also تَحِيَّةٌ, below.]

A2: حيّا الخَمْسِينَ [in the CK (erroneously) الخَمْسِينَ ↓ حَىَّ] He approached [the age of] fifty. (IAar, K, TA.) A3: حَيَّيَتُ حَآءً حَسَنةً and حَسَنًا [I wrote a beautiful ح]. (TA in باب الالف اللّينة.) 3 حَايَيْتُ النَّارَ, (inf. n. مُحَايَاةٌ, TA,) i. q. ↓ أَحْيَيْتُهَا [i. e. (assumed tropical:) I gave life to, enlivened, or revived, the fire] by blowing. (K.) [See also 2 in art. رهب; where a similar meaning is assigned to the former verb; but perhaps it is there a mistranscription.] مُحَايَاةٌ also signifies Nourishment (غِذَآء [which is properly speaking a subst., but seems to be here used as an inf. n.,]) for, or of a child, (K, TA,) with that whereby is his life, or, as in the M, because thereby is his life. (TA.) 4 احياهُ, (S, Msb, K, &c.,) inf. n. إِحْيَآءٌ, (TA,) said of God, (S, Msb,) He made him alive, to live, or be a living being; quickened, endued with life, vivified, [revivified, revived, or resuscitated,] him. (S, * Msb, * K.) Hence, in the Kur [lxxv. last verse], أَلَيْسَ ذٰلِكَ بِقَادِرٍ أَنْ يُحْيِىَ المَوْتَى, (S, TA,) i. e. Is not That Doer of these things (Jel) [able to quicken the dead?]. b2: See also 2, in two places. b3: (assumed tropical:) He (God) endued him with the intellectual faculty: as in the saying, in the Kur [vi. 122], أَوَمَنْ كَانَ مَيِّتًا فَأَحْيَيْنَاهُ (assumed tropical:) [And is he who was intellectually dead and whom we have endued with the intellectual faculty...?]. (Er-Rághib.) b4: See also 3. b5: احيا الأَرْضَ (assumed tropical:) He (God) revived the earth, or land, by the rain, so as to produce in it plants, or herbage. (TA.) And أُحْيِيَتِ الأَرْضُ (assumed tropical:) The land was tilled, and made productive. (AHn.) And احيا المَوَاتِ (tropical:) He turned to use the unowned and unused and uncultivated land by walling it round or sowing it or building upon it and the like. (TA.) b6: Also (assumed tropical:) He (a man) found the land to be fruitful, or abundant in herbage, (S, K,) with fresh herbage. (K.) b7: احيا اللَّيْلَ (assumed tropical:) He passed the night in religious service, worship, adoration, or devotion, abstaining from sleep: (TA:) or [simply] he remained awake during the night. (W p. 9.) And احيا لَيْلَتَهُ He passed his night awake. (MA.) A2: احيت النَّاقَةُ The she-camel had living offspring; (S, K;) her offspring seldom, or never, died. (S.) b2: احيا القَوْمُ The people, or company of men, had their cattle living: (K:) or had their cattle in good condition: (AA, S, K:) or had rain, so that their beasts obtained herbage to such a degree that they became fat: (Az:) or they (themselves) became in a state of abundance of herbage, or plenty. (S, K. [See also 1.]) 5 تحيّا مِنْهُ (assumed tropical:) He shrank from it: taken from الحَيَآءُ [or الحَيَاةُ]; because it is of the nature of the living to shrink: or it is originally تَحَوَّى; the و being changed into ى; or [in other words] from الحَىُّ “ the act of collecting,” [inf. n. of حَوَاهُ,] like تَحَيَّزَ from الحَوْزُ. (TA.) [See also 10.]6 تَحَايَا as quasi-pass. of 3, He quickened, enlivened, or revived, himself. See an ex. voce رُوحٌ.]10 استحياهُ He spared him; let him live; or left him alive; (S, Msb, K, TA;) did not slay him; (Msb;) in which sense the verb has but one form: (Msb, TA:) or he left him; let him alone; or forbore from him. (Mgh.) b2: Hence, as some say, (K,) إِنَّ اللّٰهَ لَا يَسْتَحْيِى أَنْ يَضْرِبَ مَثَلًا, (S, K,) in the Kur [ii. 24], i. e. لَا يَسْتَبْقِى

[meaning Verily God will not spare to propound, or refrain from propounding, a parable, or as a parable]. (S.) [Hence, also,] إِنَّ اللّٰهَ يَسْتَحْيِى مِنْ ذِى الشَّيْبَةِ المُسْلِمِ أَنْ يُعَذِّبَهُ, i. e. [Verily God] forbears from punishing [the hoary Muslim]. (Er-Rághib.) b3: [اِسْتَحْيَى, or اِسْتَحْيَا, which latter is the more proper mode of writing it, also signifies He felt, or had a sense of, or he was, or became, moved or affected with, shame, shyness, or bashfulness; and particularly, but not always, honest shame, or pudency, or modesty; or his soul shrank from foul things; as also اِسْتَحَى; and ↓ حَيِىَ, inf. n. حَيَآءٌ.] استحيى is of the dial. of El-Hijáz; and استحى, with a single ى, is of the dial. of Temeem; (Akh, S, Msb;) the former being the original, (Akh, S,) and that which is used in the Kur: (Msb:) in the latter, the first ى [of the original] is suppressed, [and its vowel is transferred to the ح,] to facilitate the pronunciation, because of the occurrence of the two ى s together: this is the opinion of Sb; and with it agrees that of Aboo-'Othmán [ElMázinee]: the opinion ascribed to Sb in the S, namely, that اِسْتَحَيْتُ is changed from اِسْتَحْيَيْتُ in like manner as اِسْتَبَعْتُ is changed from اِسْتَبٌيَعْتُ, is that of Kh, and is disallowed by El-Mázinee. (IB.) You say, استحيى منه, (S, K, [in the CK, erroneously, عَنْهُ,]) or استحيا منه, (Mgh, Msb,) and استحى منه, and استحياهُ, (S, Msb, K, TA,) and استحاهُ; (TA, [and so in the CK in the place of استحياهُ;]) as also منه ↓ حَيِىَ, (S, Mgh, Msb, K,) aor. ـْ (S,) inf. n. حَيَآءٌ; (S, * Mgh, Msb, K;) He was ashamed of it or on account of it, or ashamed to do it, or shy of doing it; [generally meaning a foul thing;] he was ashamed for himself, or of himself, or was bashful, or shy, with respect to it, or him; he was abashed at, or shy of, it, or him; (K;) he shrank from it, or him: (Msb, K: *) and استحيى مِنْ كَذَا [or استحيا] He disdained, or scorned, such a thing; abstained from it, or refused to do it, by reason of disdain and pride; he dislike, or hated, it, and his soul was above it; he shunned it, avoided it, or kept himself far from it; syn. أَنِفَ مِنْهُ. (TA.) حَىَّ a verbal noun, (S, M, Mgh, TA,) and therefore immediately followed by عَلَى, (M, TA,) used as an imperative [addressed to a single person, male or female, and to more than one]; (S;) used in calling, or summoning, or inviting, and urging; (Lth, T, TA;) and having no verb derived from it [alone, for حَيْعَلَ is derived from حَىَّ and عَلَى together]; (Lth, T, Msb, TA;) meaning Come: (S, M, Mgh, Msb, K, TA, &c.:) or come quickly: or hasten. (Mgh, TA.) Hence, حَىَّ عَلَى الصَّلَاهٌ (in the أَذَان, TA) Come to prayer: (IKt, S, M, Msb, K:) or come ye to prayer: or come ye quickly: or hasten ye. (TA.) And حَىَّ عَلَى الفَلَاحْ [in the same: see art. فلح]. (Mgh, TA.) And حَىَّ عَلَى الغَدَآءِ [Come to the morning-meal]: and على العَشَآءِ [to the evening-meal]: (Msb:) and على الثَّرِيدِ [to the crumbled bread moistened with broth]: (S:) and على الخَيْرِ [to good, good fortune, prosperity, &c.]. (Lth, T, TA.) The saying of Ibn-Ahmar, حَىَّ الحُمُولَ فَإِنَّ الرَّكْبَ قَدْ ذَهَبَا means Keep thou to the loads [for the riders upon the camels have gone]. (TA.) b2: In the phrase حَىَّ هَلَ, and حَىَّ هَلًا, followed by عَلَى كَذَا and إِلَى كَذَا, and حَىَّ هَلَا, (K,) which last is used in a case of pausation, but is bad in other cases, (S in art. هل,) and حَىَّ هَلْ, and حَيَّهْل, [so in the copies of the K,] with the ه quiescent, (K,) and حىّ هلن [app. حَىَّ هَلَنْ, for حَىَّ هَلًا, or perhaps a mistranscription for حَىَّ هَلَكَ], (TA,) [the most common rendering of حَىَّ هَلَ &c. is like that of حَىَّ alone, namely, Come: or] حىّ signifies hasten thou; and [هل or] هلا, come to it, or reach it; [so that the meaning is hasten thou: come to such a thing:] or حىّ signifies come; and [هل or] هلا, quickly (حَثِيثًا), or be thou quick; [so that the meaning is come quickly to such a thing:] or [هل or]

هلا signifies be thou quiet; and the meaning is أَسْرِعْ عِنْدَ ذِكْرِهِ وَاسْكُنْ حَتَّى يَنْقَضِىَ [Speed thou at the mention thereof, and be quiet until it is finished]. (K.) Accord. to Abu-lKhattáb, the Arabs used to say, حَىَّ هَلَ الصَّلَاةَ, meaning Come thou to prayer. (TA.) And one says, حَىَّ هَلْ بِفُلَانٍ, (IAar, and so in the CK,) and حَىَّ هَلًا بفلان, (IAar, and so in MS. copies of the K,) and حَىَّ هَلَ بفلان, meaning Hasten thou with such a one: (IAar:) or keep thou to such a one, and call him. (K.) It is said in a trad., إِذَا ذُكِرَ الصَّالِحُونَ فِحَىَّ هَلَ بِعُمَرَ, (S in art. هل,) or فَحَيَّهَلًا بِعُمَرَ, (TA,) i. e. [When the good, or righteous, are mentioned, then] keep thou to 'Omar, and call 'Omar, (S ubi suprà, and TA,) and begin with him, and be quick in mentioning him; (TA;) for he is of such. (S ubi suprà.) Accord. to some of the grammarians, (TA,) when you say حَىَّ هَلًا, with tenween, it is as though you said حَثًّا; and without tenween, it is as though you said الحَثَّ; the tenween being made a sign of indeterminateness; and the omission of it, a sign of determinateness: and so it is in all compounds of this kind. (K.) [See also art. هل.]

حَىٌّ Living, having life, alive, or quick; contr. of مَيِّتٌ [or مَيْتٌ]; (S, Mgh, * Msb, * K;) and ↓ حَيَوَانٌ is syn. with حَىٌّ [as meaning having animal life]: (IB:) dim. of the former ↓ حُيَىٌّ: (Msb:) and pl. أحْيَآءٌ. (Msb, K.) When you say of a person, لَيْسَ بِحَىٍّ, you mean that he is dead: (Lh:) but مِنْهَا ↓ ضُرِبَ ضَرْبَةً لَيْسَ بِحَاىٍ, (Lh, K,) [in the CK ضَرَبَ, and] in [some of] the copies of the K, erroneously, بِحَآءٍ, (TA,) means [He was struck a blow] in consequence of which he will not live: (Lh, K: *) like as the saying لَا تَأْكُلْ كَذَا فَإِنَّكَ مَارِضٌ means Thou wilt be sick if thou eat such a thing. (Lh, K.) Accord. to ISh, one says, أَتَانَا حَىُّ فُلَانٍ, meaning Such a one came to us in his life [-time]: and سَمِعْتُ حَىَّ فُلَانٍ يَقُولُ كَذَا, meaning I heard such a one say thus in his life [-time]: (TA:) [or the former may mean Such a one himself came to us: and the latter, I heard such a one himself say thus: for] حى [i. e. حَىّ as a prefixed noun] is sometimes redundant, like آل and ذُو: (Ham p. 308:) [and] IB says that حَىُّ فُلَانٍ means Such a one himself. (TA.) And they say, أَهْلِكَ ↓ كَيْفَ أَنْتَ وَحَيَّةُ, i. e. How art thou, and those remaining alive of thy family? (TA.) b2: Applied to God, Deathless. (Er-Rághib.) b3: Possessing the faculty of growth, as an animal, and as a plant: (Er-Rághib:) and, applied to a plant, fresh, juicy, or succulent, and growing tall. (TA.) b4: [Sensitively alive;] possessing the faculty of sensation. (Er-Rághib.) b5: (assumed tropical:) [Intellectually alive;] possessing the faculty of intellect. (Er-Rághib.) [Hence,] (assumed tropical:) A Muslim; like as مَيِّتٌ means an unbeliever. (TA.) b6: (assumed tropical:) Lively, as meaning free from grief or sorrow. (Er-Rághib.) b7: (assumed tropical:) Whole, sound, or unbroken. (L and TA in art. صأب.) b8: أَرَضٌ حَيَّةٌ (assumed tropical:) Fruitful land; or land abounding with herbage; (K, TA;) like as ارض مَيْتَةٌ means unfruitful land. (TA.) b9: الشَّمْسُ حَيَّةٌ (assumed tropical:) The sun is, or was, of a clear colour, unaltered by approaching the place of setting; as though its setting were regarded as death: (TA:) or still bright and white: or still hot and powerful: but the former of these two meanings is the more probable. (Mgh.) b10: نَارٌ حَيَّةٌ (assumed tropical:) [A live, or burning, fire. (AHn.) b11: طَرِيقٌ حَىٌّ (assumed tropical:) An apparent, or a distinct, road or way: (K:) pl. أَحْيَآءٌ. (TA.) A2: See also حَيَّةٌ, first sentence.

A3: [A tribe] of the Arabs: (S:) the children, or descendants, of one father or ancestor, whether many or few: and a شَعْب comprising قَبَائِل: (Az, TA:) or a قَبِيلَة of the Arabs: (Msb:) or a بَطْن of the بُطُون of the Arabs: (K, TA:) pl. أَحْيَآءٌ. (S, Msb, K.) A4: The vulva, or external portion of the organs of generation, of a woman. (Az, K. See also حَيَآءٌ, of which حَىٌّ is also said to be a pl.) Hence, سَعَفُ الحَىِّ, applied by an Arab of the desert to The paraphernalia of a bride. (Az, TA.) A5: لَاحَىَّ عَنْهُ means لَامَنْعَ مِنْهُ, (Ks, K, *) i. e. [There is no forbiddance of him; or] nothing is forbidden him. (Fr.) A6: لَا يَعْرِفُ الحَىَّ مِنَ اللَّىِّ He knows not, or will not know, what is true from what is false; (IAar, K, Har p. 236;) and so الحَوَّ من اللَّوِّ: (TA:) or the حَوِيَّة [or winding gut, &c.,] from the twisting of the rope: (K:) or overt speech from covert: or the living from the dead: or the act of turning round, or winding, [see حَوَاهُ, (in art. حوى,) of which حَىٌّ is an inf. n.,] from the act of twisting. (Har ubi suprà.) A7: The act of collecting. (TA. [But in this and some other senses it is an inf. n. of حَوَى: see 1 in art. حوى.]) A8: أَحْيَآءٌ as pl. of حَآءٌ: see art. حوأ.

حِىٌّ: see حَيَاةٌ, of which it is said to be a syn.: and of which it is also said to be a pl.:

A2: and see حَيَآءٌ, of which, also, it is said to be a pl.

حَيَّةٌ [A serpent;] a certain thing well known: (K, TA:) [improperly explained in the Msb as syn. with أَفْعًى:] applied to the male and the female; (S, Msb;) the ة being added to denote one of a kind, as in بَطَّةٌ and دَجَاجَةٌ; [although حَىٌّ is not used as a coll. gen. n.; and] although the saying عَلَى حَيَّةٍ ↓ رَأَيْتُ حَيًّا, as meaning [I saw] a male [serpent] upon a female [serpent], is related as having been heard from the Arabs: (S:) but ↓ حَيُّوتٌ is also applied to the male; (Az, S, K;) the ت being augmentative; for the word is originally حَيُّو [or حَيُّوٌّ]: (Az, TA:) it is said that it does not die unless by an accident: and they say of a long-lived man, مَا هُوَ إِلَّا حَيَّةٌ [He is none other than a serpent]; and in like manner they say of a woman; as though it were called حيّة because of its long life: [for] some, including Sb, say that it is derived from حَيَاةٌ, as the rel. n. is حَيَوِىٌّ, not حَوَوِىٌّ: and to him who objects that one says رَجُلٌ حَوَّآءٌ [meaning “ a man who collects serpents ”], it is replied that حَيَّةٌ and حَوَّآءٌ are of different roots, like لُؤْلُؤٌ and لَأّلٌ, &c.: but it may be from تَحَوَّى, because of its winding, or coiling, itself; and some say that it is originally حَوْيَةٌ; some, that it is originally حَيْوَةٌ: (TA:) [the dim. is ↓ حُيَيَّةٌ:] the pl. is حَيَّاتٌ (K) and حَيْوَاتٌ, (K, TA,) or حَيَوَاتٌ. (So in some copies of the K [agreeably with the dial. of Hudheyl].) Hence the prov. هُوَ أَبْصَرُ مِنْ حَيَّةٍ

[He is more sharp-sighted than a serpent]; because of the sharpness of its sight: and أَظْلَمُ مِنْ حَيَّةٍ [more wrongful in conduct than a serpent]; because it comes to the burrow of the [lizard called] ضَبّ, and eats its young one, and takes up its abode in its burrow. (TA.) and سَقَاهُ اللّٰهُ دَمَ الحَيَّاتِ [May God give him to drink the blood of the serpents]; i. e., (assumed tropical:) destroy him. (TA.) And ↓ لَا تَلِدُ الحَيَّةُ إِلَّا حُيَيَّةً [The serpent does not bring forth anything save a little serpent]: a prov. applied to the cunning and mischievous, or malignant. (TA.) And فُلَانٌ حَيَّةُ الوَادِى, or الأَرْضِ, or البَلَدِ, or الحَمَاطِ, (assumed tropical:) Such a one is cunning and mischievous, or malignant, (IAar, K,) and intelligent, in the utmost degree: (IAar:) [or] فلان حيّة الوادى means (assumed tropical:) such a one is strong in resisting, a defender of his possessions. (TA.) And حَيَّةُ الوَادِى is also an appellation applied to (assumed tropical:) The lion; (K, TA;) because of his cunning, or craftiness. (TA.) One says also, هُمْ حَيَّةُ الأَرْضِ, meaning (assumed tropical:) They are cunning, guileful, malignant, or mischievous, and strong, not neglecting to take blood-revenge: so in a saying of Dhu-l-Isba' El-'Adwánee cited voce عَذِيرٌ. (TA.) And فُلَانٌ حَيَّةٌ ذَكَرٌ (S, TA) (assumed tropical:) Such a one is courageous and strong. (TA.) and رَأْسُهُ رَأْسُ حَيَّةٍ (assumed tropical:) He is clever, or ingenious; acute, or sharp; intelligent. (TA.) And رَأَيْتُ فى كِتَابِهِ حَيَّاتِ وَعَقَارِبَ (assumed tropical:) I saw in his letter slanders, or calumnies, addressed to the ruling power, in order to cause the object thereof to fall into embarrassment from which escape would be difficult. (TA.) b2: الحَيَّةُ is also a name of (assumed tropical:) [The constellation Draco; commonly called التِّنِّينُ;] certain stars [partly] between the فَرْقَدَانِ [or B and y of Ursa Minor] and بَنَاتُ نَعْشٍ [meaning the stars in the tail of Ursa Major]: (K:) so called by way of comparison. (TA.) b3: And حَيَّةٌ also signifies (assumed tropical:) A certain mark made with a hot iron upon the neck, and upon the thigh, of a camel, twisting, or winding, like the حَيَّة [properly so called]. (Ibn-Habeeb, TA.) A2: See also حَىٌّ.

حَيًا Rain; (S, Msb, K;) as also ↓ حَيَآءٌ: (K:) or much rain: (Har p. 185:) as being the means of giving life to the earth: (TA:) and (assumed tropical:) plenty; or abundance of herbage, (S, K,) and the means of giving life to the earth and to men; as being caused by the rain; and so ↓ حَيَآءٌ: (TA:) or [simply] herbage; because produced by the rain: and fat, and fatness; because produced by the herbage: (Ham p. 662:) dual. حَيَيَانِ: (S:) and pl. أَحْيَآءٌ. (TA.) حَيَا الرَّبِيعِ means The rain [called ربيع, or of the season thus called,] that gives life to the earth. (TA.) A2: See also the next paragraph.

حَيَآءٌ an inf. n. of حَيِىَ in the first of the senses explained in this art. (K.) b2: [Hence,] syn. with حَيًا, in two senses: see the next preceding paragraph, in two places. b3: Also inf. n. of حَيِىَ as syn. with اِسْتَحْيَى; (S, * Mgh, Msb, K;) i. q. اِسْتِحْيَآءٌ; (S;) Shame; a sense of shame; shyness, or bashfulness; [and particularly, but not always, honest shame, or pudency, or modesty;] syn. حِشْمَةٌ; (K;) a shrinking of the soul from foul conduct, (Bd in ii. 24, and Er-Rághib,) through fear of blame; (Bd ibid.;) a languor that affects the animal faculty, (Bd ibid, and Mgh, *) and turns it back from its actions: (Bd:) and repentance; syn. تَوْبَةٌ. (K.) b4: And hence, as being a thing that should be concealed, and of which one is ashamed to speak plainly, (TA,) The vulva, or external portion of the female organs of generation, (فَرْج, El-Fárábee, Msb, K, or رَحِم, [which here means the same,] S,) of a camel, (El-Fárábee, S, Msb, K,) or an animal having feet like those of the camel, and of a cloven-hoofed animal, and of a beast of prey: (K:) accord. to Az, the دُبُر [here meaning the same as فَرْج] of any of these and of other animals: (Msb:) accord. to IAar, it is of the ewe or she-goat, the cow, and the gazelle: (ISd, TA:) and [sometimes] the فَرْج of a girl, (El-Fárábee, Msb,:) or of a woman: (Zj in his “ Khalk el-Insán: ” [see also حَىٌّ:]) and ↓ حَيًا signifies the same; (K;) but accord. to Az, this is not allowable except in poetry, in a case of necessity: (TA:) pl. أَحْيَآءٌ (Az, IJ, K) and أَحْيِيَةٌ (As, Sb, S, K) and, by contraction, أَحِيَّةٌ, (Sb, IB, TA,) which is said to be preferable, (TA,) and [quasi-pl. n.] ↓ حَىٌّ and ↓ حِىٌّ [which two have been mistaken by Freytag for syns. of تَحِيَّةٌ, immediately following them in the K]. (Sb, K.) حَيَاةٌ, or ↓ حَيٰوة, (as in different copies of the K, in the latter manner in copies of the S,) written with و in the Kur, to show that و follows ى in the pl. [حَيَوَاتٌ, like صَلَوَاتٌ], or because the sound of the ا is inclined towards that of و, (ISd, TA,) and ↓ حَيَوْةٌ, with sukoon to the و, (K,) which is substituted for the ا of حَيَاةٌ, as is done by the people of El-Yemen in the case of every ا that is changed from و, as in صَلَاةٌ and زَكَاةٌ, though the final radical letter of the verb of حَيَاةٌ is ى, (TA,) an inf. n. of حَيِىَ in the first of the senses explained in this art.; (IB, Mgh, Msb;) Life; contr. of مَوْتٌ; (S, K;) as also ↓ حَيَوَانٌ and ↓ حِىٌّ, (K,) or this last is asserted to be a pl. of حَيٰوةٌ, (S,) and as also ↓ مَحْيًا, (S, * Har pp. 25 and 350,) of which the pl. is مَحَاىٍ: (S:) حَيَاةٌ signifies the faculty of growth, as in an animal, and in a plant: and the faculty of sensation: and (assumed tropical:) the faculty of intellect: and (assumed tropical:) freedom from grief or sorrow: and everlasting life in the world to come; to which one attains by that حياة which is intelligence and knowledge: and the حياة that is an attribute of God. (Er-Rághib.) يَا لَيْتَنِى قَدَّمْتُ لِحَيَاتِى, in the Kur [lxxxix. 25], means [O, would that I had prepared, or laid up in store,] for my everlasting state of existence. (Er-Rághib.) And ↓ فَإِنَّ الدَّارَ الآخِرَةَ لَهِىَ الحَيَوَانُ, in the Kur [xxix. 64], means [And verily the last abode is] the abode of everlasting life: (TA:) or الحيوان here means the life that will not be followed by death: or much life; like as مَوَتَانٌ signifies much death: (Msb:) and it is also the name of a certain fountain in Paradise, [the water of] which touches nothing but it lives, by permission of God. (TA.) الحَيٰوةُ الطَّيِّبَةُ, accord. to I'Ab, explaining xvi. 99 of the Kur, (TA,) means Lawful means of subsistence (K, TA) in the present world: (TA:) or Paradise. (K, TA.) b2: Also (assumed tropical:) Advantage, or profit; or a cause, or means, thereof: whence the saying, لَيْسَ لِفُلَانٍ حَيَاةٌ There is not, in such a one, profit, nor good: and so it is said to mean in the Kur [ii. 175], وَلَكُمْ فِى القِصَاصِ حَيٰوةٌ (assumed tropical:) [And there is to you, in retaliation, an advantage]: (TA:) or this means that the knowledge of the law of retaliation restrains from slaughter, and so is a cause of life to two persons; and because they used to slay one who was not the slayer, retaliation upon the slayer is a cause of saving the lives of the rest: or the meaning is life in the world to come; for when the slayer has suffered retaliation in the present world, he is not punished for his act in the world to come. (Bd.) b3: حَيَاةُ الشَّمْسِ means (assumed tropical:) The remaining of the light and whiteness of the sun: or the remaining of its heat and power: but the former of these two meanings is the more probable. (Mgh. [See الشَّمْسُ حَيَّةٌ, voce حَىٌّ.]) حَيٰوةٌ and حَيَوْةٌ: see the next preceding paragraph.

حَيِىٌّ Having حَيَآء [i. e. shame, shyness, bashfulness, pudency, or modesty]; (K;) part. n. of حَيِىَ as syn. with استحيى; of the measure فَعِيلٌ: (Msb:) fem. حَيِيَّةٌ. (TA.) The saying of I'Ab, اَللّٰهُ حَيِىٌّ, means God is one who acts with others in the manner of him who has حَيَآء; for حَيَآء in its proper sense is not ascribable to Him: (Mgh:) or one who leaves undone evil deeds, and does good deeds. (Er-Rághib.) حُيَىٌّ: see حَىٌّ, of which it is the dim.

حُيَيَّةٌ: see حَيَّةٌ, (of which it is the dim.,) in two places.

A2: And dim. of حَآءٌ, q. v. in art. حوأ. (Lth, TA in باب الالف الليّنة.) حَيَوِىٌّ [Of, or relating to, the serpent;] rel. n. of حَيَّةٌ. (S.) A2: [And rel. n. of حَا: see حَائِىٌّ in art. حوأ.]

حَيَوَانٌ an inf. n. of حَيِىَ, like حَيَاةٌ, (IB,) but having an intensive signification: (Msb:) see حَيَاةٌ, in two places. b2: See also حَىٌّ, first sentence. b3: Also Any thing, or things, possessing animal life, (Msb, K, *) whether rational or irrational; [an animal, and animals;] used alike as sing. and pl., because originally an inf. n.; (Msb;) contr. of مَوَتَانٌ [q. v.]. (S.) [حَيَوَانَاتٌ is used as its pl. of pauc. And hence,] الحَيَوَانَاتُ الخَمْسُ [The five animals] is applied to what may be killed by a person in the state of إِحْرَام, and by one engaged in prayer: (Msb in art. فسق:) these are the rat, or mouse, and the biting dog, and either the serpent, the crow termed أَبْقَع, and the kite, or the serpent, the scorpion, and the kite, or the serpent, the scorpion, and the crow, or the scorpion, the crow, and the kite. (Es-Suyootee, in “ El-Jámi' es-Sagheer,” voce خَمْسٌ.) It is originally حَيَيَانٌ; (Sb, K, TA;) the ى which is the final radical letter being changed into و because the occurrence of two ى together is disliked: (Sb, TA:) Aboo-'Othmán [El-Má- zinee] holds the و to be a radical letter; but his opinion is said to be not admissible, because it is asserted that there is no instance in the language of a word of which the medial radical is ى, and the final و. (TA.) حَيَوَانِىٌّ [Of, or relating to, an animal or animals]. b2: It is [also] particularly applied to A seller of birds. (TA.) حَيَوَانِيَّةٌ Animality; or animal nature.]

حَيُّوتٌ: see حَيَّةٌ.

حَاىٍ, of the measure فَاعِلٌ, [said to be] originally حَايِوٌ, is syn. with حَاوٍ and حَوَّآءٌ, belonging to art. حوى [q. v.]. (Az, TA.) أُحَىُّ and أُحَىٌّ and أُحَىٍّ: see art. حو.

أُحَيْوٍ: see art. حو.

أَحْيَى in the saying أَحْيَى مِنْ ضَبٍّ [More longlived than a ضبّ, a kind of lizard, which is supposed to live seven hundred years,] is from الحَيَاةُ. (TA.) b2: In the sayings أَحْيَى مِنْ هَدِىٍّ [More shy, or bashful, than the bride] and أَحْيَى مِنْ مُخَدَّرَةٍ [More shy, or bashful, than a girl kept behind the curtain] it is from الحَيَآءُ. (TA.) تِحْيَاةٌ: see the next paragraph.

التَّحَايِى The two stars in the foot and before the foot of the foremost of Gemini: (Kzw:) or three stars over against الهَنْعَة [which is the Sixth Mansion of the Moon]; (IKt, K;) and sometimes the moon deviates from الهنعة, and makes its abode in التحايى: (IKt:) they are between the Milky Way and the stars that follow العَيُّوق [or Capella]: Aboo-Ziyád El-Kilábee used to say that this name means الهنعة, and is also pronounced التَّحَائِى, withء: but AHn says that the moon makes its abode in these stars, and not in الهنعة itself: (TA:) its sing. is ↓ تِحْيَاةٌ; (IKt, AHn, TA;) if so, of the measure تِفْعَلَةٌ, like تِحْلَبَةٌ, not فِعْلَاةٌ, like عِزْهَاةٌ, because there is no such root as تَحى; derived from الحَيَا, because its نَوْء [here meaning its auroral setting, in midwinter,] is attended with much rain: but التحائى, with ء, is irreg.; as though pl. of ↓ تَحِيَّةٌ likened to a word of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ. (IB.) تَحِيَّةٌ inf. n. of 2. (Mgh, Msb, K.) b2: Also A salutation, or greeting, (A'Obeyd, AHeyth, Mgh, Msb,) pronounced by one person to another on their meeting; (AHeyth;) particularly the saying سَلَامٌ عَلَيْكَ; (Mgh, * Msb;) and the like; (Mgh;) the most comprehensive form thereof, used by the believer [to his fellow-believer], being the saying السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَرَحْمَةُ اللّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ: (AHeyth:) hence it is pluralized; the pl. being تَحِيَّاتٌ and تَحَايَا. (Mgh.) b3: Also Continuance, or endurance; or endless, or everlasting, existence: (IAar, Msb, K, &c.:) and so it is said to mean in the following verse of Zuheyr Ibn-Jenáb ElKelbee; who was a [kind of] king among his people: قَدْ نِلْتُهُ إِلَّا التَّحِيَّهْ وَلَكُلُّ مَا نَالَ الفَتَى

[And indeed everything that the young man has attained, I have attained it, except endless existence]: or, as some say, it here means security from death and from evils. (TA. [But more probably the meaning is that next following: for in the Mz, 49th نوع, where this verse is cited, but with مِنْ كُلِّ in the place of وَلَكُلُّ, he is said to have been (not a king, but,) “ a nobleman. ” See also, respecting him, p. x. of my Preface.]) and (tropical:) Dominion, or kingship: (Fr, AA, S, Mgh, Msb, K, &c.:) because the people of the Time of Ignorance used to greet kings [or rather those of Himyer] by the saying أَبَيْتَ الَّعْنَ, which they addressed to none other than a king; so that when any one of them became a king, it was said of him, فُلَانٌ نَالَ التَّحِيَّةَ [meaning (tropical:) Such a one has attained the kingship]. (Mgh: in which, and in the S, the foregoing verse is cited as an ex. of this last meaning.) التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلّٰهِ means Endless existence belongs to God: (Lth, Msb, TA:) or dominion, or kingship: (Lth, Yaakoob, S, Msb, TA:) or freedom, or security, from all evils, (Khálid Ibn-Yezeed, AHeyth,) and from all causes of the cessation of existence: (AHeyth:) or endless existence, and security from evils, and dominion, and the like: (Fr:) or the expressions [of praise] that indicate and imply the ascription of dominion and endless existence: (KT:) or salutations and benedictions are Gods, and at his disposal. (Mgh.) [التَّحِيَّاتُ is also a term applied to the following form of words repeated in the ordinary prayers: التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلّٰهِ وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ السَّلَامُ عَلَيْكَ يَاأَيُّهَا النَّبِىُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللّٰهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ السَّلَامُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللّٰهِ الصَّالِحِينَ

أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لَا إِلَاهَ إِلَّا اللّٰهُ وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ, or (instead of عبده ورسوله) رَسُولُ اللّٰهِ: see 5 in art. شهد.] b4: The assigning to this word, as used in the Kur iv. 88, the meaning of A gift is a mistake. (Mgh.) A2: See also التَّحَايِى.

مَحْيًا: see حَيَاةٌ. b2: Also A time, and a place, of life. (TA.) مُحْىٍ and مُحْيِيَةٌ, applied to a she-camel, Having living offspring; whose offspring seldom, or never, die. (S.) مُحَيًّا The face (S, K, Ham p. 23) of a man, because it is specified in salutation; [see 2;] (Ham ubi suprá;) a term used only in praise; (Ham p. 640;) i. e. the face altogether: or the حُرّ of the face [i. e. the ball of the cheek; or what appears of the elevated part thereof; or what fronts one, of the face, &c.]. (K.) b2: Of a horse, it is The place where the flesh is separated (حيث انفرق اللحم) beneath the forelock. (Ham p. 23.) And دَائِرَةُ المُحَيَّا, in a horse, [The feather in] the place of separation [of the hair] beneath the forelock, in the upper part of the forehead. (TA.) محَيِّىٌ act. part. n. of 2; fem. مُحَيِّيَةٌ: (S, TA:) for in every noun in which three ىs occur together, [the last of them being the final radical, and ending the word,] if it is not formed from a verb, the final radical letter is elided from it, as in عُطَىٌّ the dim. of عَطَآءٌ, and in أُحَىُّ the dim. of أَحْوَى: but if it is formed from a verb, that letter remains, as in مُحَيِّىٌ from حَيَّى. (S.) أَرْضٌ مَحْيَاةٌ i. q. مَحْوَاةٌ, i. e. A land containing serpents: (Ibn-Es-Sarráj, S:) or abounding with serpents. (TA in art. حوى.) أَبُو يَحْيَى Death. (TA, Har p. 218.)
حوى: حوى على والمصدر منه حِوَايَة: ختلة وخدعه (فوك) وفي محيط المحيط: حويت الرجل.
وحوى: شعبذ، شعوذ (بوشر).
حوَّى وتحوَّى مأخوذتان من حاوٍ (انظر حاو) (فوك) وقد ذكرها في مادة ( Efeminatus) .
حَوَايَة: سحر حلال، سمياء، شعبذة، شعوذة (بوشر).
حِوَايَة: الاسم من ذكرت في معجم فوك في مادة ( Wfeminatus) .
حَوَّاء: حاوٍ: بالمعنى الأول الذي سأذكره لكلمة حاوٍ (باين سميث 1184= مشعبذ ورَقَّاء).
ويقول لين نقلا عن القزويني أن مجموعة النجوم المسماة بالحاوي يسمى أيضاً الحَوَّاء والحُوَيَّة وهذه الكلمة مكتوية هكذا في بعض مخطوطات هذا المؤلف (انظر طبعة وستنفيلد 1: 33، رقم 0) غير أن وستنفيلد طبع والحُيَّة اعتمادا على مخطوطات أخرى (1: 14) وكذلك عند دورن ص49 وفي ألف استر (1: 13): ( Venator serpentum) بالعربية: الحاسة (كذا). والحية (ص41) الحوة، الحية.
حاوٍ: لا يطلق على راقي الحيات وجامعها فقط. بل تطلق على الأحر أيضاً (همبرت ص157) وعلى المشعبذ والمشعوذ.
وحاو ويجمع على حِواً: جماعة البيوت المتدانية من الوبر (فوك، ألكالا).
حاوي العلوم: جامع العلوم، دائرة المعرف (بوشر).
حيّ:
حَيَّا. يقال: حَيَّا بكأس حين يشرب الرجل نخب آخر قائلا له حَيَّاك الله أي أطال حياتك.
ويقال أيضا: حياك الله بكذا إذا شرب نخبه وتمنى له شيئا (عباد 1: 367 - 368).
وحياه بالملك: سلم عليه بالملك، بويع بالملك وبالسلطان.
أحيا: كما يقال أحْيا ليلته في الصلاة. يقول الشاعر مسلم بن الوليد: أحْيَيْت نُجُوم الليل بالقوافي أي صرفت الليل ساهرا أنظم الشعر. وهو يقول أيضا: أحيا البكا ليله أي أسهره البكا ليله (معجم مسلم). تَحَيَّا: أنظر فريتاج. وقد ذكرت في معجم فوك في مادة حيّا.
وتَحَيَّا: انبعث حيّا، قام من الأموات، نُشِر (المعجم اللاتيني - العربي).
استحيا: انبعث حيا، قام من الأموات، نُشِر (ألكالا)؟، عباد 2: 14).
ومن هذا قيل: عيد الاستحياء: عيد القيامة، عيد الفصح (ألكالا).
استحيت منك لكثرة إحسانك إليَّ أخجلني كثرة إحسانك إليَّ (بوشر).
والعامة تقول استحت المرأة أي سترت وجهها عن الرجال (محيط المحيط).
حَيّ. يقال حيّ إذا كان فيه مد وجزر ضد بحر ميت. ففي الإدريسي (كليم 4 قسم 3).
في كلامه عن تورنت: مرسى فيه بحر حي ويقول بعد ذلك: يحيط بها البحر الحيّ والبحيرة.
وحَيُّ زيد أي زيد نفسه وأهل زيد الخ، أنظر المفصل طبعة بروش (ص41 وما بعدها).
الحي والميت: ذكر ألكالا في مادة ( Hay Cuyméit: satiriones yerva) غير أن هذا خطأ أو تصحيف، والصواب: الحَيّ والمَيِّت ( Ophry Ciliata Biv) وهو خصي الكلب وخصي الثعلب بصلة في أصله. وتوجد له بصلة حية وبصلة ميتة. ويقول العرب أن من يأكل البصلة الميتة يصاب بانحلال القوى والعجز عن الجماع. ومن يأكل البصلة الحية يزداد قوة على الجماع. (براكس، مجلة الشرق والجزائر 8: 342).
حي عالم: أبيد، مخلدة (نبات) (بوشر).
وحَيّ: طحلب اشنة، اشنة سمراء، ضريع (ألكالا).
وحّيّ: قرن الغزال، زيتة (براكس مجلة الشرق والجزائر 8: 348).
حَيّة بمعنى دودة (جوليوس) ويقال مثلاً: الحيات في الأمعاء (الجريدة الآسيوية 1853، 1: 347).
حية البحر: انقليس، جري، سلور (همبرت ص70).
حية زرزورية أو حية طيارة: نوع من الحيات انظر نيبور رحلة إلى بلاد العرب (ص167).
حية شمس: عظاية، ضب، سام أبرص (بوشر).
حية الماء: ثعبان الماء، عدار (بوشر).
سمك حية أو سمك حيات: انقليس، جري سلور (بوشر).
حَيَاة. وحياتك: حقا، بلا ريب، بلا شك (بوشر).
وحياة محبَّتِك: قضسماً بحبك ويستعمل هذا القسم للإنكار (بوشر).
وحياة رَأْسِي: سحقا لك (بوشر، ألف ليلة 1: 31).
شَجَر الحياةِ: شجرة اسمها العلمي ( Theeya) وهي عفصية، جنس شجرة من الفصيلة الصنوبرية (بوشر).
ماءُ الحياة: عرق (شراب مسكر) (ألكالا).
وحياة: سمك بحري غير ملح (ألكالا).
حَيَوان: تعني عند أهل تمبكتو كل أنواع المنقولات من الأملاك والعروض منها (بارت 454).
وهذه الكلمة تعني عند أهل الكيمياء معنى خاصاً (المقدمة 3: 199) ويقول دي سلان إنه لا يعرف المعنى المقصود منها. الحيوانات الخمس: يظهر أنها تعني خمسة أنواع من الهوام الدنسة المؤذية المزعجة مثل القمل والبراغيث والبق الخ. أنظرها في مادة فاسق.
حَيَوانِيّ. روح حيواني عند الأطباء، أنظر العبارة في معجم المنصوري في مادة بَطْنُ.
قُوَّة حيوانية: إحساس (فوك) يعني الحاسة والحس (انظر دوكانج).
حُوَيَّن ويجمع على حُوينات: دُوَيبة، وهو تصغير حيوان.
تَحَيْوَن: توحش، اختبل، تبلَّة (هلو).
مَحْيَا. ليلة المَحْيَا: ليلة الحياة وهي عند الشيعة ليلة السابع والعشرين من شهر رجب (ابن بطوطة 1: 417).
محايا: ماء الحياة، عرق (دوماس حياة العرب ص298).
مُسْتَحا: أستحياء، خجل، احتشام (بوشر).
مستحية: حَسَّاسة (نبات) (بوشر).

الرِّدْفُ

الرِّدْفُ، بالكسرِ: الراكِبُ خَلْفَ الراكِبِ،
كالمُرْتَدِفِ والرَّديفِ والرُّدافَى، كحُبارَى، وكلُّ ما تَبعَ شيئاً، وكوْكَبٌ قَريبٌ من النَّسْرِ الواقِعِ، وتَبِعَةُ الأَمْرِ، ويُحَرَّكُ،
وـ: جَبَلٌ، والليلُ، والنهارُ، وهُما رِدْفَانِ، وجَليسُ المَلِكِ عن يَمينِهِ، يَشْرَبُ بعدَهُ، ويَخْلُفُهُ إذا غَزا،
وـ في الشِّعْرِ: حَرْفٌ ساكِنٌ من حُروفِ المَدِّ واللِّينِ، يَقَعُ قَبْلَ حَرْفِ الرَّوِيِّ ليس بينَهما شيءٌ.
والرِّدْفانِ، في قولِ لَبيدٍ يَصِفُ السفينةَ:
فالْتامَ طائِقُها القَديمُ فأصْبَحَتْ ... ما إن يُقَوِّمُ دَرْأهَا رِدْفانِ:
مَلاَّحانِ يكونانِ في مُؤَخَّرِ السفينَةِ، وفي قولِ جريرٍ:
منهم عُتَيْبَةُ والمُحِلُّ وقَعْنَبٌ ... والحَنْتَفانِ ومنهم الرِّدْفانِ:
قَيْسٌ وعَوْفٌ ابْنا عَتَّابِ بنِ هَرَمِيٍّ، أو مالكُ بنُ نُوَيْرَةَ، ورجلٌ آخَرُ من بني رَباحِ بنِ يَرْبُوعٍ.
والرَّديفُ: نَجْمٌ آخَرُ قَريبٌ من النَّسْرِ الواقِعِ، والنَّجْمُ الذي يَــنُوءُ من المَشْرِقِ إذا غَرَبَ رَقِيبُهُ، والذي يَجيءُ بِقِدْحِه بعدَ فَوْزِ أحَدِ الأَيْسَارِ، أو الاثْنَيْنِ منهم، فَيَسْألُهُم أن يُدْخِلُوا قِدْحَهُ في قِدَاحِهِم، والنَّجْمُ الناظِرُ إلى النَّجْمِ الطالِعِ.
وبَهْمٌ رَدْفَى، كسَكْرَى: وُلِدَتْ في الخَريفِ والصَّيْفِ في آخِرِ وِلادِ الغَنَمِ. وككتابٍ: المَوْضعُ يَرْكَبُه الرَّديفُ.
والرَّدافَةُ بهاءٍ: فِعْلُ رِدْفِ المَلِكِ، كالخِلافَةِ.
والرَّوادِفُ: رَواكيبُ النَّخْلِ، وطَرَائِقُ الشَّحْمِ، الواحدةُ: رادِفَةٌ، ورادوفٌ.
والرُّدافَى، كحُبارَى: الحُدَاةُ، والأَعْوانُ، وجمعُ رَدِيفٍ.
وجاؤوا رُدافَى: يَتْبَعُ بعضُهم بعضاً.
ورَدَِفه، كسَمِعَه ونَصَرَه: تَبِعَه،
كأرْدَفَه.
وأرْدَفْتُه معه: أرْكَبْتُه،
وـ النُّجُومُ: تَوَالَتْ.
ومُرادَفَةُ المُلوكِ: مُفَاعَلَةٌ من الرَّدافَةِ،
وـ من الجَرادِ: رُكوبُ الذَّكَرِ الأُنْثَى والثالِثِ عليهما.
وهذه دابَّةٌ لا تُرادِفُ، ولا تُرْدِفُ قليلةٌ أو مُوَلَّدَةٌ: لا تَحْمِلُ رَديفاً.
وارْتَدَفهَ: رَدَفَه،
وـ العَدُوَّ: أخَذَه من وَرائِه أخْذاً.
واسْتَرْدَفَهُ: سأله أن يُرْدِفَهُ.
وتَرادَفا: تَعاوَنا، وتَناكَحا، وتَتابَعا.
والمُترادِفُ من القَوافِي: ما اجْتَمَعَ فيها ساكِنانِ، وأن تكونَ أسماءٌ لشيءٍ واحدٍ، وهي مُوَلَّدَةٌ.
ورَدَفانُ، محرَّكةً: ع.
ورِدْفَةُ، بالكسر: ع.

سَمَكَ

(سَمَكَ)
(هـ) فِي حَدِيثِ عَلِيٍّ «وَبَارِئِ الْمَسْمُوكَاتِ» أي السَّموات السَّبع. والسَّامِكُ:
العَالِي المُرتفعُ. وسَمَكَ الشَّيْءَ يَسْمُكُهُ إِذَا رفَعَه.
(س) وَفِي حَدِيثِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ «أَنَّهُ نَظَر فَإِذَا هُوَ بِالسِّمَاكِ، فَقَالَ: قَدْ دَنا طُلُوع الفجْر فأوْتَر برَكْعة» السِّمَاكُ: نَجمٌ فِي السَّماء معروفٌ. وهُما سِمَاكَانِ: رَامِحٌ وأعْزَل. والرَّامح لَا نَوء لَهُ، وَهُوَ إِلَى جهَة الشَّمَالِ، والأعْزَل مِنْ كَواكب الْأَنْوَاءِ، وَهُوَ إِلَى جِهة الجَنُوب. وَهُمَا فِي بُرْجِ الميزَانِ.
وطُلوع السِّماك الأعْزَل مَعَ الفَجْر يَكُونُ فِي تَشْرِين الْأَوَّلِ.

شَنَأَ

(شَنَأَ)
(هـ) فِي حَدِيثِ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا «عَلَيْكُمْ بِالْمَشْنِيئَةِ النَّافَعة التَّلْبِينِة» تَعني الحَساءَ، وَهِيَ مَفْعُولة، مِنْ شَنِئْتُ: أَيْ أبْغَضْت. وَهَذَا البِناءُ شاذٌّ، فَإِنَّ أصلَه مَشْــنُوءٌ بِالْوَاوِ، وَلَا يُقَالُ فِي مَقْروء ومَوطُوء: مَقْرِىٌّ ومَوْطِىٌّ، ووجهُهُ أَنَّهُ لَمَّا خَفَّف الهمزةَ صَارَتْ ياءَ فَقَالَ مَشْنِىٌّ كَمرْضِىّ، فَلَمَّا أَعَادَ الْهَمْزَةَ اسْتَصْحَبَ الْحَالَ الْمُخَفَّفَةَ. وَقَوْلُهَا التَّلْبِينَةُ: هِيَ تَفْسِيرٌ لِلْمَشْنِيئَةِ، وجَعَلتها بَغِيضَةً لكراهِتها.
وَمِنْهُ حَدِيثُ أُمِّ مَعْبَد «لَا تَشْنَؤُهُ مِنْ طُولِ» كَذَا جَاءَ فِي روايةٍ، أَيْ لَا يُبْغَض لفَرْط طُوله. ويُرْوى «لَا يُتَشَنَّى مِنْ طُول» أبْدل مِنَ الْهَمْزَةِ يَاءً. يُقَالُ شَنِئْتُهُ أَشْنَؤُهُ شَنْئاً وشَنَآناً.
(س) وَمِنْهُ حَدِيثُ عَلِيٍّ «ومُبْغِضٌ يَحْمله شَنَآنِي عَلَى أَنْ يَبْهَتَني» (س) وَفِي حَدِيثِ كَعْبٍ «يُوشك أَنْ يُرْفَع عَنْكُمُ الطاعونُ ويَفيضَ عَلَيْكُمْ شَنَآنُ الشِّتَاءِ، قِيلَ: وَمَا شَنَآنُ الشِّتَاءِ؟ قَالَ: بَرْدُه» اسْتَعَارَ الشَّنَآنَ للبَرْد لِأَنَّهُ يَفِيضُ فِي الشِّتَاءِ. وَقِيلَ أرادَ بالبَرْد سُهولةَ الْأَمْرِ والرَّاحَةَ؛ لِأَنَّ العَرَب تَكْنى بِالْبَرْدِ عَنِ الرَّاحَةِ، وَالْمَعْنَى: يُرْفع عَنْكُمُ الطاعونُ والشّدَّةُ، ويَكثُر فِيكُمُ التَّباغُضُ، أَوِ الدعةُ والراحةُ.

شَنَأَهُ

شَنَأَهُ، كمنعه وسَمِعَهُ، شَنْئاً، ويُثَلَّثُ، وشَنْأَة
ومَشْنَأً ومَشْنَأَةً ومَشْنُؤةً وشَنْآناً وشَنآناً: أبْغَضَهُ، ورَجُلٌ شَنَائِيةٌ وشَنْآنُ، وهي شَنْآنَةٌ، وهي شَنْآنَةٌ وشَنْأَى.
والمَشْــنُوءُ: المُبْغَضُ، ولَوْ كان جميلاً، وقد شُنِئَ، بالضم.
والمَشْنَأُ، كَمَقْعَدٍ: القَبِيحُ وإن كان مُحَبَّباً، يَسْتَوِي فيه الواحِدُ والجمعُ، والذَّكَرُ والأُنْثَى، أو الذي يُبْغِضُ النَّاسَ. وكَمِحْرَابٍ: مَنْ يُبْغِضُهُ النَّاسُ، ولو قِيلَ: مَنْ يُكْثِرُ ما يُبْغَضُ لأجْلِهِ لَحَسُنَ، لأنَّ مِفْعَالاً من صِيَغِ الفَاعِل.
والشَّــنُوءَــةُ: المُتَقَزِّزُ، والتَّقَزُّزُ، ويُضَمُّ.
وأَزْدُ شَــنُوءَــةَ، وقد تُشَدَّدُ الواوُ: قَبِيلَةٌ سُمِّيَتْ لشَنآنٍ بَيْنَهُمْ، والنِّسْبَةُ: شَنَائِيُّ، وسُفْيَانُ بنُ أبي زُهَيْرٍ الشَّنَائِيُّ، ويُقالُ: الشَّنَوِيُّ، وزُهَيْرُ بنُ عبد اللَّهِ الشَّنَوِيُّ: صحابِيَّان.
وشَنِئَ له حَقَّهُ: أعْطَاهُ إيَّاهُ،
وـ به: أقَرَّ، أو أعْطَاهُ، وتَبَرَّأَ منه، كَشَنَأَ،
وـ الشَّيءَ: أخْرَجَهُ.
وشَوَانِئُ المال: التي لا يُضَنُّ بها، كأنَّها شُنِئَتْ فَجِيدَ بها. والشَّنآنُ بنُ مالِكٍ، مُحَرَّكَةً: شاعِرٌ.
وتَشَانَؤُوا: تَبَاغَضُوا.

نَأْنَأَهُ

نَأْنَأَهُ: أحْسَنَ غِذَاءَه، وكَفَّهُ،
وـ في الرَّأْي نَأْنَأَةً ومُنَأْنَأَةً: ضَعُفَ ولم يُبْرِمْهُ،
وـ عنه: قَصُرَ وعَجَزَ،
كَتَنَأْنَأَ. والنَّأْنَأُ، كَفَدْفَدٍ: المُكْثِرُ تَقْلِيبَ الحَدَقَةِ، والعاجِزُ الجَبَانُ،
كالنَّأْنَاءِ والنُّؤْــنُوءِ والمُنَأْنَأِ.

الرَّهْجُ

الرَّهْجُ، ويُحَرَّكُ: الغُبارُ، والسَّحابُ بِلا ماءٍ، الواحِدَةُ بِهاءٍ، والشَّغَبُ.
والرِّهْجيجُ بالكسر: الضَّعيفُ، والنَّاعِمُ، كالرُّهُجوجِ.
وأَرْهَجَ: أثارَ الغُبارَ، وكَثُرَ بَخُورُ بَيْتِهِ،
وـ السَّماءُ: هَمَتْ بالمَطَرِ.
والرَّهْوَجَةُ: ضَرْبٌ من السَّيْرِ.
ونَوْءٌ مُرْهِجٌ، كمُحْسِنٍ: كثيرُ المَطَرِ.

نَجَخَ

نَجَخَ، كمَنَعَ: فَخَرَ،
وـ البِئْرَ: حَفَرَها،
وـ الــنَّوْءُ: هاجَ،
وـ السَّيْلُ: دَفَعَ في سَنَدِ الوادِي فَحَذَفَه في وَسَطِ الماءِ. وكغُرابٍ: صَوْتُ الساعِلِ، وهو ناجِخٌ ومُنَجِّخٌ، كمُحَدِّث.
والناجِخُ: البَحْرُ المُصَوِّتُ،
كالنَّجوخِ، وصَوْتُ اضْطِرابِ الماءِ على الساحِلِ.
وامرأةٌ نَجَّاخَةٌ: لِفَرْجِها صَوْتٌ عند الجِماعِ، أو هي الرَّشَّاحَةُ التي تُمَسِّحُ الابْتِلالَ، أو التي يَنْتَجِخُ سُرْمُها كانْتِجاخِ سُرْمِ الدَّابَّةِ إذا صَوَّتَ.
والنَّجيخَةُ: زُبْدَةٌ تُلْصَقُ بجوانِبِ المِمْخَضِ.
والتَّناجُخُ: التَّفاخُرُ، واضْطِرابُ المَوْجِ حتى يُؤَثِّرَ في الأَجْرافِ.
ومُنْجِخٌ، كمُحْسِنٍ: حَبْلٌ من رَمْلٍ.

العَبْدُ

العَبْدُ:
بلفظ العبد ضدّ الحرّ، والعبد أيضا: جبل لبني أسد بالدّآث، قال:
محالف أسود الرّنقاء عبد، ... يسير المخفرون ولا يسير
وعبد: جبيل أسود يكتنفه جبيلان أصغر منه يسمّيان الثّديّين، قال الأصمعي: المخفر الذي يجير آخر ثم يخفره، ولا معنى له ههنا، هذا لفظه، قال: والعبد أيضا موضع بالسّبعان في بلاد طيّء، وقال نصر: العبد جبل يقال له عبد سلمى للجبل المعروف وهو في شمالي سلمى وفي غربيّه ماء يقال له مليحة.
العَبْدُ: الإِنْسانُ حُرَّاً كان أو رقيقاً، والمَمْلوكُ،
كـ العَبْدَلِ، ج: عَبْدونَ وعَبيدٌ وأعْبُدٌ وعِبادٌ وعُبْدانٌ وعِبدانٌ وعِبِدَّانٌ وعِبِدَّانٌ، بكسرتين مُشَدَّدَةَ الدَّالِ، ومَعْبَدَةٌ، كمَشْيَخَةٍ، ومعابِدُ وعِبِدَّاءُ وعِبِدّى وعُبُدٌ، بضمَّتينِ، وعَبُدٌ، كنَدُسٍ،
ومَعْبوداءُ، جج: أعابِدُ.
والعَبْدِيَّةُ والعُبودِيَّةُ والعُبودَةُ والعِبادَةُ: الطَّاعَةُ.
والدَّراهِمُ العَبْدِيَّةُ: كانتْ أفضلَ من هذه وأرْجَحَ.
والعَبْدُ: نَباتٌ طَيِّبُ الرائحةِ، والنَّصْلُ القصيرُ العريضُ، وجبلٌ لبني أسَدٍ، وآخَرُ لغيرِهم،
وع ببلادِ طَيِّئٍ، وبالتحريكِ: الغَضَبُ، والجَرَبُ الشديدُ، والنَّدامَةُ، ومَلامَةُ النَّفْسِ، والحِرْصُ، والإِنْكارُ،
عَبِدَ، كفَرِحَ، في الكُلِّ.
والعَبَدَةُ، محرَّكةً: القُوَّةُ، والسِّمَنُ، والبَقاءُ، وصَلاءَةُ الطِّيبِ، والأَنَفَةُ.
وذُو عَبَدانَ، محرَّكةً: قَيْلٌ.
وعَبَدانُ: صُقْعٌ من اليمَنِ.
وكسَحْبانَ: ة بمرْوَ، منها: عبدُ الحميدِ بنُ عبدِ الرحمنِ أبو القاسِمِ خواهَرْ زادَه، ورجُلٌ، وله نَهْرٌ م بالبصرَةِ. وكزُبَيْرٍ: فرسٌ.
وعُبَيْدانُ: وادٍ.
وبنو العُبَيْدِ بَطْنٌ، وهو عُبَدِيٌّ، كهُذَلِيٍّ.
وأُمُّ عُبَيْدٍ: الفَلاةُ الخالِيَةُ، أو ما أخْطأها المَطَرُ.
والعُبَيْدَةُ: الفِحْثُ.
وأُمُّ عَبيدَةَ، كسفينةٍ: ة قُرْبَ واسِطَ، بها قَبْرُ السَّيِّدِ أحمدَ الرِّفاعِيِّ. وكتَنُّورٍ: رجُلٌ نَوَّامٌ، نامَ في مُحْتَطَبِه سَبْعَ سنينَ،
وع، وجبلٌ، وفي حديثٍ مُعْضَلٍ: "إِنَّ أوَّلَ الناسِ دُخولاً الجَنَّةَ عَبْدٌ أسْوَدُ، يقالُ له: عَبُّودٌ، وذلك أن الله عَزَّ وجَلَّ بَعَثَ نَبِيَّاً إلى أهْلِ قَرْيَةٍ، فلم يُؤْمِن به أحدٌ إلاَّ ذلك الأَسْوَدُ، وأنَّ قَوْمَهُ احْتَفَروا له بِئراً، فَصَيَّروه فيها، وأطْبَقوا عليه صَخْرَةً، فكان ذلك الأَسْوَدُ يَخْرُجُ، فَيَحْتَطِبُ، فيبيعُ الحَطَبَ ويَشتري به طَعاماً وشَراباً، ثم يأتي تِلْكَ الحُفْرَةَ، فَيُعينُه اللهُ تعالى على تلك الصَّخْرَةِ، فَيَرْفَعُها ويُدَلِّي له ذلك الطَّعامَ والشرابَ، وإِنَّ الأَسْوَدَ احْتَطَبَ يوماً، ثم جَلَسَ ليَسْتَريحَ، فَضَرَبَ بنفسِه (الأرضَ) شِقَّهُ الأَيْسَرَ، فنامَ سَبْعَ سِنينَ، ثم هَبَّ من نَوْمَتِه وهو لا يرى إلاَّ أنَّه نامَ ساعةً من نَهارٍ، فاحْتَمَلَ حُزْمَتَه، فأَتَى القريَةَ، فَباعَ حَطَبَه، ثم أتى الحُفْرَةَ فلم يَجِد النبيَّ فيها، وقد كان بَدَا لِقَوْمِه فيه، فأخْرَجوهُ، فكانَ يسألُ عن الأَسْوَدِ، فيقولون: لا نَدْري أينَ هو"، فَضُرِبَ به المثَلُ لمَنْ نامَ طويلاً.
وابنُ عَبُّودٍ: محدِّثٌ. وكمِنْبَرٍ: المِسْحاةُ.
والعَبابيدُ والعَباديدُ، بلا واحدٍ من لفْظهِما: الفِرَقُ من الناسِ والخَيْلِ الذَّاهبونَ في كُلِّ وجْهٍ، والآكامُ، والطُّرُقُ البعيدَةُ.
والعَباديدُ: ع.
ومَرَّ راكباً عَباديدَهُ، أي: مِذْرَوَيْهِ.
وعابودُ: د قُرْبَ القُدْسِ.
وعابِدٌ: جَبَلٌ، وابنُ عُمَرَ بنِ مَخْزومٍ، ومن ولَدِهِ: عبدُ اللهِ بنُ السَّائِبِ الصَّحابِيُّ، وعبدُ اللهِ بنُ المُسَيِّبِ المُحَدِّثُ العابِدِيَّانِ.
والعِبادُ، بالكسر، والفتحُ غَلَطٌ، ووَهِمَ الجوهريُّ: قَبائِلُ شَتَّى اجْتَمَعوا على النَّصْرانِيَّةِ بالحيرةِ.
وأعْبَدَنِي فلانٌ فلاناً، أي: مَلَّكَنِي إيَّاهُ، واتَّخَذَنِي عَبْداً،
وـ القومُ بالرَّجُلِ: ضَرَبوهُ.
والعَبَّادِيَّةُ، مُشَدَّدَةً: ة بالمرجِ.
وعَبَّادانُ: جَزيرةٌ أحاطَ بها شُعْبتا دِجْلَةَ ساكِبَتَيْنِ في بَحْرِ فارِسَ.
وعَبَّادَةُ: جارِيَةٌ، ومُخَنَّثٌ.
وعَبَدْتُ به أُوذِيهِ: أُغْريتُ.
والمُعَبَّدُ، كمُعَظَّمٍ: المُذَلَّلُ من الطَّريقِ وغيرهِ، والمُكْرَمُ، ضِدٌّ، والوَتِدُ، والمُغْتَلِمُ من الفُحُولِ، وبَلَدٌ ما فيه أثَرٌ ولا عَلَمٌ ولا ماءٌ، والمَهْــنوءُ بالقَطرانِ.
وعَبَّدَ تعْبيداً: ذَهَبَ شارداً.
وما عَبَّدَ أن فَعَلَ: ما لبِثَ.
وأعْبَدوا: اجْتَمَعوا.
والاعْتبادُ والاسْتِعْبادُ: التَّعْبيدُ.
وتَعَبَّدَ: تَنَسَّكَ،
وـ البَعيرُ: امْتَنَعَ، وصَعُبَ،
وـ البَعيرَ: طَردَهُ حتى أعْيا،
وـ فلاناً: اتَّخَذَهُ عبْداً،
كاعْتَبَدَهُ.
والمُعَبَّدَةُ: السَّفينَةُ المُقَيَّرةُ.
وأُعْبِدَ به: أُبْدِعَ، وكَلَّتْ راحِلتُهُ. وعَبْدَةُ بنُ الطَّبيبِ، بالفتح، وعَلْقَمَةُ بنُ عَبَدَةَ، بالتحريك.
والعَبْدِيُّ: نِسْبَةٌ إلى عبْدِ القَيْسِ، ويقالُ: عَبْقَسِيٌّ أيضاً.
والعَبْدانِ: عبدُ اللهِ بنُ قُشَيْرٍ، وهو الأَعْوَرُ، وهو ابنُ لُبَيْنَى، وعبدُ اللهِ بنُ سَلَمَةَ بن قُشَيْرٍ، وهو سَلَمَةُ الخَيْرِ.
والعَبيدَتانِ: عَبيدَةُ بنُ مُعاوِيَةَ بنِ قُشَيْرٍ، وعَبيدَةُ بنُ عَمْرِو بن مُعاوِيَةَ.
والعَبادِلَةُ: ابنُ عَبَّاسٍ، وابنُ عُمَرَ، وابنُ عَمْرو بنِ العاصِ (بنِ وائِلٍ) ، وليسَ منهم ابنُ مَسْعودٍ، وغَلِطَ الجوهريُّ.
وعَبْدَلُ، باللامِ: اسمُ حَضْرَمَوْتَ.
وذو عَبْدانَ: قَيْلٌ من الأُعْبودِ بنِ السَّكْسَكِ. وسَمَّوْا: عِباداً وعُباداً ومَعْبَداً وعِبْديداً وأعْبُداً وعَبَّاداً وعابِداً وعَبيداً وعُبَيداً وعُبَيْدَةَ وعَبيدَةَ وعَبْدَةَ وعُبْدَةَ وعُبادَةَ، بضمِّهما، وعَبْدَلاً وعَبْدَكاً وعَبْدوساً.

الرُّزَمُ

الرُّزَمُ، كصُرَدٍ: الثابِتُ القائِمُ على الأرضِ، والأَسَدُ،
كالمُرزِمِ، كمحسِنٍ،
والرازِمُ: البعيرُ لا يقومُ هُزالاً،
وقد رَزَمَ يَرْزِمُ ويَرْزُمُ رُزوما ورُزاماً، بضمهما.
والرَّزَمَةُ، محرَّكةً: صوتُ الصَّبيِّ والناقَةِ، وذلك إذا رَئِمَتْ وَلَدَها، تُخْرِجُهُ من حَلْقِهَا.
وفي المثلِ: "لا خيرَ في رَزَمَةٍ لا دِرَّةَ فيها" يُضْرَبُ لمن يَعِدُ ولا يَفي.
وأرْزَمَ الرَّعْدُ: اشْتَدَّ صوتُهُ، أو صَوَّتَ غير شَديدٍ،
وـ الناقَةُ: حَنَّتْ على وَلَدِها،
وـ الريحُ في الجوفِ: صاتَتْ.
وفي المثلِ: "لا أفْعَلُهُ ما أرْزَمَتْ أُمُّ حائِلٍ".
والرِّزْمَةُ، بالكسر: ما شُدَّ في ثوبٍ واحدٍ، والضَّرْبُ الشديدُ، ويفتحُ.
ورَزَّمَ الثيابَ تَرْزِيماً: شَدَّها،
وـ القومُ: ضَرَبوا بأنْفُسِهِمُ الأرضَ لا يَبْرَحُونَ.
والمُرازَمَةُ في الطعامِ: المُعاقَبَةُ، بأن يأكُلَ يوماً لَحماً ويوماً عَسَلاً ويوماً لبناً ونحوَهُ، لا يُداوِمُ على شيء، وأن يَخْلِطَ الأكْلَ بالشُّكْرِ، واللَّقَمَ بالحمدِ، أو أكْلُ اللَّيِّن واليابِسِ، والحُلْوِ والحامِضِ، والجَشِبِ والمَأْدومِ، وبِكُلٍّ فُسِّرَ قولُ عمر، رضي الله تعالى عنه:
" إذا أكلتُمْ فَرازِمُوا".
ورَازَمَ بينهما: جَمَعَ،
وـ الدارَ: أقامَ بها طويلاً.
ورَزَم: ماتَ،
وـ بالشيء: أخَذَ به،
وـ الأُمُّ به: وَلَدَتْهُ،
وـ على قِرْنِهِ: غَلَبَ، وبَرَكَ،
وـ الشيءَ يَرْزِمُهُ ويَرْزُمُهُ: جَمَعَهُ في ثَوْبٍ، ـ وـ الشِّتاءُ رَزْمَةً: بَرَدَ،
وبه سُمِّيَ نَوْءُ المِرْزَمِ، كمنْبَرٍ.
وأُمُّ مِرْزَمٍ: الشَّمالُ، أو الريحُ.
والمِرْزَمانِ: نَجْمَانِ مع الشِّعْرَيَيْنِ. وكمُحْسنٍ وصُرَدٍ: الأَسَدُ. وككِتابٍ: الرجلُ الشديدُ الصَّعْبُ، وابنُ مالِكِ بنِ حنظَلَةَ: أبو حَيٍّ من تميمٍ.
ورَزْمٌ: ع بِدِيارِ مُرادٍ.
وخُوارَزْمُ: د، قيل: أصْلُهُ خَوارِرَزْمَ، بإضافَة خوارِ إلى رَزْمَ، فَخُفِّفَ.
وأكَلَ الرَّزْمَةَ، أي: الوَجْبَةَ.
والمِرْزَامَةُ: الناقَةُ الفارِهَةُ.
وتَرَكْتُه بالمُرْتَزَمِ: ألْزَقْتُه بالأرضِ.
ومُرازَمَةُ السوقِ: أن يُشْتَرَى منها دونَ مِلْءِ الأَحْمَالِ.

غَنِي

(غَنِي)
فلَان غنى وغناء كثر مَاله فَهُوَ غان وغني وَعَن الشَّيْء لم يحْتَج إِلَيْهِ وَالْمَكَان عمر وبالمكان أَقَامَ فِيهِ وَالْقَوْم فِي دِيَارهمْ طَال مقامهم فِيهَا وَيُقَال غنيت لَك مني بالمودة وَالْبر أَي بقيت وَالْمَرْأَة بزوجها غنى وغنيانا استغنت بِهِ
غَنِي
: (ي ( {الغِنَى، كإِلَى: التَّزْوِيجُ) ، وَمِنْه قوْلُهم: الغِنَى حِصْنٌ للعَزَبِ؛ نقلَهُ الأزْهرِي.
(و) الغِنَى: (ضِدُّ الفَقْرِ) ؛) وَهُوَ على ضَرْبَيْن: أَحَدُهما: ارْتِفاعُ الحاجاتِ وليسَ ذلكَ إلاَّ للهِ تَعَالَى؛ وَالثَّانِي: قلَّةُ الحاجاتِ، وَهُوَ المُشارُ إِلَيْهِ بقوْلِه تَعَالَى: {وَوَجَدَك عائِلاً} فأَغْنَى} ، (وَإِذا فُتِحَ مُدَّ) ؛) وَمِنْه قولُ الشَّاعرِ:
سَيُغْنِيني الَّذِي {أَغْناكَ عني
فَلَا فَقْرٌ يدُومُ وَلَا} غِناءُ يُرْوَى بفَتْحٍ وكسْرٍ، فَمن كَسَرَ أَرادَ مَصْدَرَ {غانَيْت} غناءٌ، ومَنْ فَتَحَ أَرادَ الغِنَى نَفْسَه، وقيلَ: إنَّما وَجْهُه وَلَا غَناءَ لأنَّ! الغَناءَ غيرُ خارِجٍ عَن مَعْنى الغِنَى؛ قالَهُ ابنُ سِيدَه.
فَلَا عبْرَة بإنْكارِ شيْخنا على المصنِّف فِي إيرادِ المَفْتوحِ المَمْدُودِ بمعْنَى المَكْسُورِ المَقْصور. ( {غَنِيَ) بِهِ، كرَضِيَ، (} غِنًى) ، بالكَسْرِ مَقْصورٌ، ( {واسْتَغْنَى} واغْتَنَى {وتغَانَى} وتَغَنَّى) :) كُلُّ ذلكَ بمعْنَى صارَ {غَنِيًّا، فَهُوَ} غَنِيٌّ {ومُسْتَغْنٍ.
وشاهِدُ} الاسْتِغْناءِ قوْلُه تَعَالَى: { {واسْتغْنَى الله؛ واللهُ غَنِيٌّ حَمِيدٌ} . وشاهِدُ} التَّغَنِّي الحديثُ: (ليسَ مِنَّا مَنْ لَمْ {يَتَغَنَّ بالقُرْآنِ) .
قالَ الأزْهرِي: قالَ سُفْيانُ بنُ عُيَيْنَة: مَعْناه مَنْ لم} يسَتَغْنِ وَلم يَذْهَبْ بِهِ إِلَى مَعْنَى الصَّوْت.
قالَ أَبو عُبيدٍ: هُوَ فاشٍ فِي كَلامِ العَرَبِ، يَقُولُونَ: {تَغَنَّيْت} تَغَنِّياً {وتَغانَيْتُ} تَغانِياً بمعْنَى {اسْتَغْنَيْت؛ وقالَ الأعْشى:
وكُنْتُ امْرَأً زَمَناً بالعِراقِ
عَفِيفَ المُناخِ طَوِيلَ} التَّغَنْ أَي {الاسْتغْنَاء.
(واسْتَغْنَى اللهَ تَعَالَى: سَأَلَه أَنْ} يُغْنِيَه) ، وَمِنْه الدُّعاءُ: اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي {أَسْتَغْنِيك عَن كلِّ حازِمٍ، وأَسْتَعِينُكَ.
(} وغَنَّاهُ اللهُ تَعَالَى) ؛) هُوَ بالتَّشْدِيدِ كَمَا هُوَ ضَبْطُ المُحْكم؛ ( {وأَغْناهُ) حَتَّى غَنِيَ: صارَ ذَا مالٍ؛ وَمِنْه قوْلُه تَعَالَى: {وأَنَّه هُوَ} أَغْنَى وأَقْنَى} .
وقيلَ {غَنَّاهُ فِي الدُّعاءِ} وأَغْناهُ فِي الخَبَرِ؛ (والاسْمُ {الغُنْيَةُ، بالضمِّ والكَسْر، والغُنْوَةُ) ؛) هَذِه عَن الكِسائي وَقد مَرَّ؛ (} والغُنْيانُ مَضْمُومَتينِ.
( {والغَنِيُّ) ، على فَعِيلٍ: (ذُو الوَفْرِ) ، أَي المَالِ الكَثِيرِ، والجَمْعُ} أَغْنياءُ، وَهُوَ فِي القُرْآن والسُّنَّة كَثيرٌ مُفْرداً وجَمْعاً؛ ( {كالغانِي) ؛) وَمِنْه قولُ عَقِيل بن عَلْقمة:
أَرَى المالَ يَغْشى ذَا الوُصُومِ فَلَا تُرى
ويُدْعى من الأَشْرافِ مَا كانَ} غانِيا وقالَ طَرَفَةُ:
فإنْ كنتَ عَنْهَا غانِياً {فاغْنَ وازْددِ (وَمَا لَهُ عَنهُ غِنًى) ، بالكسْر، (وَلَا} مَغْنًى وَلَا {غُنْيَةٌ وَلَا} غُنْيانٌ، مَضْمُومتينِ) ؛) أَي (بُدٌّ.
( {والغانِيَةُ) مِن النِّساءِ (المرأةُ الَّتِي تُطْلَبُ) هِيَ، أَي يَطْلُبُها النَّاسُ، (وَلَا تَطْلُبُ، أَو) هِيَ (} الغَنِيَّةُ بحُسْنِها) وجَمالِها (عَن الِّزينةِ) بالحَلْي والحُلَلِ؛ (أَو الَّتِي {غَنِيَتْ) ، أَي أَقامَتْ (ببَيْتِ أَبَوَيْها وَلم يَقَعْ عَلَيْهَا سِباءٌ) ؛) هَذِه أَغْرَبُها، وَهِي عَن ابنِ جنِّيَ (أَو) هِيَ (الشابّةُ العَفيفةُ ذاتُ زَوْجٍ ام لَا؛) هَذِه أَرْبَعةُ أَقْوالٍ، ذَكَرهنَّ ابنُ سِيدَه.
وقالَ الأزْهرِي: وقيلَ: هِيَ الَّتِي تعجبُ الرِّجالَ ويعجبُها الشُّبّانُ.
وقالَ الجَوْهرِي: هِيَ الَّتِي غَنِيَتْ بزَوْجِها؛ وأَنْشَدَ لجميلٍ:
أُحبُّ الأَيامَى إذْ بُثَيْنَةُ أَيِّمٌ
وأَحْبَبْتُ لمَّا أَن غَنِيتِ} الغَوانِيا قالَ: وَقد تكونُ الَّتِي غَنِيَتْ بحُسْنِها وجَمالِها، واقْتَصَرَ على هذَيْن القَوْلَيْن؛ (ج {غَوانٍ) ؛) وقولُ الشَّاعرِ:
وأَخُو} الغَوَانِ مَتى يَشَأْ يَصْرِمْنَهُ
ويَعُدْنَ أَعْداءً بُعَيْدَ ودادِه أَرادَ {الغَوانِي فحَذَفَ تَشْبيهاً للامِ المَعْرِفةِ بالتَّنْوينِ من حيثُ كانَتْ هَذِه الأشْياءُ من خَواصِّ الأسْماءِ.
قالَ الجَوْهرِي: وأَمَّا قولُ ابنُ الرّقَيَّات:
لَا بارَكَ اللهُ فِي الغَوانِي هَلْ
يُصْبِحْنَ إلاَّ لَهُنَّ مُطَّلَبُ؟ فإنَّما حرَّكَ الياءَ بالكَسْر للضَّرُورَةِ ورَدَّه إِلَى أَصْلِه، وجائِزٌ فِي الشِّعْرِ أَن يُرَدَّ إِلَى أصْلِه.
(وَقد غَنِيَتْ، كرَضِيَ) غِنًى. (و) يقالُ: (} أَغْنَى عَنهُ {غَناءَ فُلانٍ) ، كسَحابٍ، (} ومَغْناهُ {ومَغْناتَهُ، ويُضمَّانِ) ؛) أَي (نابَ عَنهُ) ؛) كَمَا فِي المُحْكم.
(و) فِي التَّهذيبِ والصِّحاح: أَي (أَجْزَأَ) عنْكَ (مُجْزَأَهُ) وَمَجْزَأَهُ ومُجْزَاتَه.
وقالَ الَّراغبُ: أَغْنَى عَنهُ كَذَا إِذا كَفَاهُ، وَمِنْه قولُه تَعَالَى: {مَا أَغْنَى عنِّي ماليه} ، و {لن} تُغْنِي عَنْهُم أَمْوالُهم} .
وحَكَى الأزْهرِي: مَا أَغْنَى فلَان شَيْئا بالعَيْن والغَيْن: أَي لم يَنْفَع فِي مُهمَ وَلم يكْفَ مُؤْنَةً.
وقالَ أَيْضاً: {الغَناءُ، كسَحابٍ: الإجْزاءُ. ورجُلٌ} مُغْنٍ: أَي مُجْزٍ كافٍ وسَمِعْتُ بعضَهم يُؤَنِّبُ عَبْدَه ويقولُ: أَغْنِ عنِّي وَجْهَكَ بل شَرَّكَ، أَي اكْفِنِي شَرَّكَ وكُفَّ عنِّي شَرَّك؛ وَمِنْه قولُه تَعَالَى: {شَأْنٌ! يُغْنِيه} ، أَي يَكْفِيه شُغْلُ نَفْسِه عَن شُغْلِ غيرِهِ.
(و) يقالُ: (مَا فِيهِ غَناءُ ذَاك) :) أَي (إقامَتُه، والاضْطِلاعُ بِهِ) ؛) نقلَهُ ابنُ سِيدَه.
(و) غَنِيَ بالمَكانِ، (كَرَضِيَ: أَقام) بِهِ غِنًى.
وَفِي التَّهذيبِ؛ غَنِيَ القوْمُ فِي دارِهِم: إِذا طالَ مُقامُهم فِيهَا.
وقالَ الراغبُ: غَنِيَ فِي مَكانِ كَذَا، إِذا طالَ مُقامُه {مُسْتَغْنِياً بِهِ عَن غيرِهِ، وَمِنْه قولُه تَعَالَى: {كأَنْ لم} يَغْنَوْا فِيهَا} ، أَي لم يُقِيموا فِيهَا.
(و) غَنِيَ: أَي (عاشَ) ، نقلَهُ الجَوْهرِي.
(و) غَنِيَ: (لَقِيَ) ، هَكَذَا فِي النُّسخِ ولعلَّه بَقِيَ وسيَأْتي قرِيباً مَا يُحقِّقُه.
( {والمَغْنَى: المَنْزِلُ الَّذِي غَنِيَ بِهِ أَهْلُه ثمَّ ظَعَنُوا) عَنهُ.
قالَ الَّراغبُ يكونُ للمَصْدرِ والمَكانِ، والجَمْعُ} المغَانِي.
(أَو عامٌّ) ، أَي فِي مُطْلقِ المَنْزلِ، وكأَنَّه اسْتِعْمالٌ ثانٍ.
( {وغَنِيتُ لكَ مِنِّي بالموَدَّةِ) والبِرِّ: أَي (بَقِيْتُ) ؛) نقلَهُ ابنُ سِيدَه؛ وَهَذَا يُحقِّقُ مَا تقدَّمَ من قوْلِه:} وغَنِيَ بَقِيَ (و) قولُ الشَّاعِرِ:
(غَنِيَتْ دارُنا تِهامَةَفي الدَّهَرِ وفيهَا بَنُو مَعَدِّ حُلُولاأَي (كانَتْ) ؛) وَمِنْه قولُ ابنِ مُقْبِل:
أَأُمَّ تَمِيمٍ إِن تَرَيْنِي عَدُوُّكُم
وبَيْتِي فقد أَغْنى الحبيبَ المُصافِياأَي أَكونُ الحَبيبَ.
وقالَ الأزْهرِي: يقالُ للشَّيْء إِذا فَنِيَ كأَنْ لم {يَغْنَ بالأمْسِ، أَي كأَنْ لم يَكُنْ.
(و) } غَنِيَتِ (المرْأَةُ بزَوْجِها {غُنْياناً) ، بالضَّمِّ، وغِنَاءً: (} اسْتَغْنَتْ) بهِ؛ وَمِنْه اشْتِقاقُ! الغانِيَةِ؛ وأَنْشَدَ الجَوْهرِي لقيْس ابْن الخَطِيم: أَجَدَّ بعَمْرة {غُنْيانُها
فتَهْجُرَ أَمْ شانُنا شانُها؟ (} والغِناءُ، ككِساءٍ؛ من الصَّوْتِ: مَا طُرِّبَ بِهِ) ؛) قالَ حُمَيْدُ بنُ ثَوْر:
وعَجِبْتُ بِهِ أَنَّى يكونُ {غِناؤُها وَفِي الصِّحاح:} الغِناءُ، بالكسْرِ، من السماعِ.
وَفِي النِّهايةِ: هُوَ رَفْعُ الصَّوْتِ وموالاته.
وَفِي المِصْباح: وقيِاسُه الضَّم لأنَّه صَوْتٌ.
(و) {الغَناءُ، (كسَماءٍ: رَمْلٌ) بعَيْنِه؛ هَكَذَا ضَبَطَه الأزْهرِي؛ وأَنْشَدَ لذِي الرُّمَّة:
تَنَطَّقْنَ من رمْلِ الغَناءِ وعُلِّقَتْ
بأَعْناقِ أُدْمانِ الظِّباءِ القَلائِدُأَي اتَّخَذْنَ من رَمْلِ الغَناءِ أَعْجازاً كالكُثْبانِ، وكأَنَّ أَعْناقَهُنَّ أعْناقُ الظِّباءِ. وَهُوَ فِي كتابِ المُحْكم بالكَسْر مَعَ المدِّ مَضْبوطٌ بالقَلَمِ؛ وأَنْشَدَ للرَّاعي:
لَهَا خُصُورٌ وأَعْجازٌ يَــنُوءُ بهَا
رَمْلُ الغِنَاءِ وأَعْلَى مَتْنِها رُودُ (} وغَنَّاهُ الشِّعْرَ، و) {غَنَّى (بِهِ} تَغْنِيَةً) و ( {تَغَنَّى بِهِ) بمعْنًى واحِدٍ؛ قالَ الشاعرُ:
} تَغَنَّ بالشِّعْرِ إِمَّا كنتَ قائِلَه
إنَّ الغِناءَ بِهَذَا الشِّعْرِ مِضْمارُأَي: إنَّ {التَّغَنِّي، فوَضَعَ الاسْمَ مَوْضِعَ المَصْدرِ. وَعَلِيهِ حُمِلَ قوْلُه صلى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسلم: (مَا أَذِنَ اللهُ لشيءٍ كَإِذْنِهِ لنَبيَ أَن} يَتَغَنَّى بالقُرْآنِ) ، قالَ الأزْهرِي: أَخْبَرنِي عبدُ الملِكِ البَغَوي عَن الرَّبيعِ عَن الشافِعِي أَنَّ مَعْناه تَحْزِينُ القِراءَةِ وتَرْقِيقُها؛ ويَشْهَدُ لَهُ الحديثُ الآخَرُ: (زَيِّنُوا القُرْآنَ بأصْوَاتِكُم) ، وَبِه قالَ أَبو عُبيدٍ.
وقالَ أَبُو العبَّاس: الَّذِي حَصَّلْناه من حُفَّاظ اللغَةِ فِي هَذَا الحديثِ أَنَّه بمعْنَى الاسْتِغْناءِ، وبمعْنَى التَّطْرِيبِ.
وَفِي النِّهَايَة: قالَ ابنُ الأعْرابي كانتِ العَرَبُ {تَتَغَنَّى بالرُّكْبانِ إِذا رَكِبَتِ، وَإِذا جَلَسَتْ، فَأَحَبَّ النبيُّ صلى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسلم أَن يكونَ هِجِّيرَاهُم بالقُرآنِ مكانَ التَّغنِّي بالرُّكْبانِ.
(و) } غَنَّى (بالمرْأَةِ: تَغَزَّلَ) بهَا، أَي ذَكَرَها فِي شِعْرِه؛ قالَ الشاعرُ:
أَلا {غَنِّنا بالزَّاهِرِيَّة إنَّني
على النَّأْي ممَّا أَن أُلِمَّ بهَا ذِكْرَا (و) غَنَّى (بزَيْدٍ: مَدَحَهُ، أَو هَجَاهُ،} كتَغَنَّى فيهمَا) ، أَي فِي المدْحِ والهَجْوِ؛ ويُرْوَى أَنَّ بعضَ بَني كُلَيْب قالَ لجريرٍ: هَذَا غَسَّانُ السَّلِيطِي {يَتغَنَّى بِنَا أَي يَهْجُونا؛ قالَ جريرٌ:
غَضِبْتُم علينا أَمْ} تَغَنَّيْتُم بِنَا
أَنِ اخْضَرَّ من بَطْنِ التِّلاعِ غَمِيرُهاقالَ ابنُ سِيدَه: وعنْدِي أنَّ الغَزَلَ والمَدْحَ والهِجاءَ إنَّما يقالُ فِي كلِّ واحِدٍ مِنْهَا {غَنَّيْت} وتَغَنّيْت بَعْدَ أَن يُلَحَّنَ! فيُغَنَّى بِهِ.
(و) غَنَّى (الحَمامُ: صَوَّتَ) ، قالَ القُطامي: خلا أَنَّهَا لَيست {تغنى حمامة
على سَاقهَا إلاّ ادَّكرتَ ربابا (وبَيْنَهُم} أُغْنِيَّةٌ كأُثْفِيَّةٍ) ، وَعَلِيهِ اقْتَصَرَ الجَوْهرِي، (ويُخَفَّفُ) ، عَن ابنِ سِيدَه، قالَ: وليسَتْ بالقَوِيَّة إِذْ ليسَ فِي الكَلامِ أُفْعُله إلاَّ أُسْنُمة، فيمَنْ رَواهُ بالضمِّ.
قُلْت: الضمُّ فِي أُسْنُمة رُوِيَ عَن ثَعْلب وابنِ الأعْرابي، وَقد ذُكِرَ فِي محلِّه. (ويُكْسَرانِ) ؛) نقلَهُ الصَّاغاني عَن الفرَّاء: (نَوْعٌ من الغِناءِ) ، يَتَغَنّونَ بِهِ؛ والجمْعُ {الأغاني؛ وَبِه سَمَّى أَبو الفَرَج الأصْبَهاني كتابَهُ لاشْتِمالِه على تَلاحِين الغِناءِ، وَهُوَ كِتابٌ جليلٌ اسْتَفَدْتُ مِنْهُ كثيرا.
(} وتَغانَوْا: {اسْتَغْنَى بعضُهم عَن بعضٍ) ؛) وأَنْشَدَ الجَوْهَرِي للمُغِيرَة بنِ حَبْناء التَمِيمِي:
كِلانا} غَنِيٌّ عَن أَخيهِ حَياتَه
ونَحْنُ اإذا مُتْنا أَشَدُّ {تَغانِيَا (} والأَغْناءُ) ، بالفَتْح: (إمْلاكاتُ العَرائِس) ؛) نقلَهُ الأزْهرِي.
(ومَكانُ كَذَا غَنًى من فُلانٍ) ، بالفَتْح مَقْصورٌ، ( {ومَغْنًى مِنْهُ: أَي مَئِنَّةٌ) ، مِنْهُ.
(} وغَنِيٌّ) ، على فَعِيلٍ: (حَيٌّ من غَطَفانَ) ؛) كَذَا فِي الصِّحاحِ؛ والنِّسْبَةُ إِلَيْهِ! غَنَوِيٌّ، محرَّكةً.
قالَ شيْخنا: وَقد اغْتَرَّ المصنِّفُ بالجَوْهرِي، وَالَّذِي ذكَرَه أَئِمَّة الأنْسابِ أنَّه غَنِيُّ بنُ أَعْصر، وأَعْصر هُوَ ابنُ سعْدِ بنِ قَيْسِ بنِ عَيْلان، وغَطَفانُ بنُ سعْدِ بنِ قَيْسِ بنِ عَيْلان، كَمَا قالَه الجَوْهرِي نَفْسُه، فأَعْصر أَخُو غَطَفان، وباهِلَةُ وغَنِيُّ ابْنا أَعْصر، فليسَ غَنِيٌّ حيًّا من غَطَفان كَمَا توهَّم المصنِّفُ تَقْليداً.
قُلْت: هُوَ كَمَا ذَكَر، فإنَّ سِياقَهم يدلُّ على أنَّ غَطَفانَ عَمُّ غَنِيَ، وَقد يُجابُ عَن الجَوْهرِي والمصنِّفِ أنَّه قد يُعْتَزى الرَّجُل إِلَى عَمِّه فِي النّسَبِ، وَله شواهِدُ كَثِيرَةٌ فِي النّسَبِ مَعَ تأمُّلٍ فِي ذلكَ.
(وسَمَّوْا {غُنَيَّةَ} وغُنَيًّا، كسُمَيَّةَ وسُمَيَ) .) أَمَّا الأوَّل فَلم أَجِدْ لَهُ ذِكْراً فِي الأسْماءِ، وضَبَطَه الصَّاغاني على فعِيلة. وأَمَّا الثَّاني فمُشْتركٌ بينَ أَسْماءِ الرِّجالِ والنِّساء، فَمن الرِّجال: {غُنَيُّ بنُ أَبي حازِمٍ الذُّهْلي سَمِعَ ابنَ عُمَر؛ وناصِرُ بنُ مَهْدي بنِ نَصْر بنِ غُنَيَ عَن عَبْدان الطَّائي عَن عليِّ بنِ شعيبٍ الدهَّان وَعنهُ السَّلَفي ومِن النِّساء: غُنَيُّ بنْتُ شَيْبان زوْجُ مَخْزوم بنِ يَقَظَة؛} وغُنَيُّ بنْتُ مُنْقذِ بنِ عَمْرو؛ وغُنَيُّ بِنْتُ عَمْرِو بنِ جابِرٍ؛ وغُنَيُّ بنْتُ حَرَّاق.
( {وتغَنَّيتُ:} اسْتَغْنَيْتُ) ، وَهَذَا قد تقدَّمَ فِي أَوَّلِ سِياقِه فَهُوَ تِكْرارٌ.
وممَّا يُسْتدركُ عَلَيْهِ:
{تَغَنَّى الحَمامُ: مثْلُ} غَنَّى؛ قالَ الشاعرُ فجَمَعَ بينَ اللغتينِ:
أَلا قاتَلَ اللهُ الحَمامَةَ غدْوَةً
على الغُصْنِ مَاذَا هَيَّجَتْ حينَ {غَنَّت ِتَغَنَّتْ بصَوْتٍ أَعْجميَ فهَيَّجَتْ
هَوايَ الَّذِي كانتْ ضُلوعي أَجَنَّت ِوقيل: سُمِّي} المُغَنَّي مُغَنِّياً لأنَّه {يَتَغَنَّن؛ وأُبْدِلَتِ النونُ الثانِيَة؛ كَذَا ذَكَرَه ابنُ هِشَام فِي النونِ المُفْردَةِ من} المُغْنِي عنِ ابنِ يَعِيش؛ ونقلَهُ شيْخُنا، وَعَلِيهِ فموْضِعُه النُّون.
{وغَنِيُّ بنُ الحارِثِ، على فَعِيلٍ، عَن حاتِمِ الأصَمّ.
} والغَنِيُّ فِي أَسْماءِ اللهِ تَعَالَى الَّذِي لَا يَحْتاجُ إِلَى أَحَدٍ فِي شيءٍ.
{والمُغْنِي: الَّذِي} يُغْنِي مَنْ يَشاءُ من عِبادِه.
وَفِي حديثِ الصَّدقَةِ: (مَا كانَ عَن ظَهْرِ غِنًى) ، أَي مَا فَضَل عَن قُوتِ العِيالِ وكِفايتِهِمْ.
{وغَنِيَّةُ بنْتُ رضى الجُذاميَّةُ، على فَعِيلةٍ، رَوَتْ عَن عائِشَة، وعنها حَوْشَبُ بنُ عقيلٍ.
وحُمَيْدُ بنُ أَبي} غنيَّة عَن الشَّعْبِي، وابْنُه عبْدُ المَلِكِ وَقد يُنْسَبُ إِلَى جدِّه عَن أَبي إسْحاق السُّبَيْعي، وَعنهُ ابْنُه يَحْيى، وثَلاثَتُهم ثِقات.
وغَنِيَّةُ بنتُ أَبي إهابِ بنِ عَزيزِ بنِ قيْسِ بنِ سُويدٍ الدَّارمي.
وغَنِيَّةُ بنْتُ سمْعَان العَدَوِيَّة، عَن أمِّ حَبِيبَةَ، قَيَّدَها ابنُ نُقْطَة.

ان

ان

1 أَنَّ, aor. ـِ inf. n. أَنِينٌ and أُنَانٌ (S, M, Msb, K) and تَأْنَانٌ (S, K) and أَنٌّ, (M, K,) He moaned; or uttered a moan, or moaning, or prolonged voice of complaint; or said, Ah! syn. تَأَوَّهَ; (M, K;) by reason of pain: (S, TA:) he complained by reason of disease or pain: (TA:) he uttered a cry or cries: (Msb:) said of a man. (S, Msb.) b2: أَنِّتِ القَوْسُ, aor. ـِ inf. n. أَنِينٌ, The bow made a gentle and prolonged sound. (AHn, M.) A2: لَا أَفْعَلُهُ مَا أَنَّ فِى السَّمَآءِ نَجْمٌ means I will not do it as long as there is a star in the heaven: (S, M, K:) أَنَّ being here a dial. var. of عَنَّ. (S.) You say also, مَا أَنَّ فِي الفُرَاتِ قَطْرَةٌ As long as there is a drop in the Euphrates. (T, S.) And لَا أَفْعَلُهُ مَا أَنَّ فِى السَّمَآءٌ [ I will not do it as long as there is rain in the heaven]. (S.) [It is said in the M that Lh mentions the last two sayings; but it is there indicated that he read قَطْرَةً and سَمَآءً: and] ISk mentions the saying, لَا أَفْعَلُهُ مَا أَنَّ فِى السَّمَآءِ نَجْمًا, (T, M,) and مَا عَنَّ فِى السَّمَآءِ نَجْمٌ; (T;) [in the former of which, أَنّ must be a particle (which see below); but it seems that it should rather be إِنَّ, in this case, as ISd thinks; for he says,] I know not for what reason انّ is here with fet-h, unless a verb be understood before it, as ثَبَتَ or وُجِدَ: [ and he adds,] Lh mentions مَا أَنَّ ذلِكَ الجَبَلَ مَكَانَهُ [as long as that mountain is in its place]: and مَا أَنَّ حِرَآءً مَكَانَهُ [as long as Mount Hirà is in its place]: but he does not explain these sayings. (M.) أَنٌ is a pronoun, denoting the speaker, [I, masc. and fem.,] in the language of some of the Arabs: they say, أَنْ فَعَلْتُ [I did], with the ن quiescent: but most of them pronounce it [↓ أَنَ] with fet-h when conjoined with a following word; (Mughnee, K;) saying, أَنَ فَعَلْتُ: (TA:) and [↓ أَنَا] with ا in a case of pause: (Mughnee, K:) and some pronounce it with ا also when it is conjoined with a following word; saying, أَنَا فَعَلْتُ; [ as we generally find it written in books;] but this is of a bad dialect: (TA:) [this last assertion, however, requires consideration; for the dial. here said to be bad is that of Temeem, accord. to what here follows:] the Basrees hold that the pronoun consists of the ء and the ن, and that the [final] ا is redundant, because it is suppressed in a case of conjunction with a following word; but the Koofees hold that the pronoun is composed of all the three letters, because the ا is preserved in a case of conjunction with a following word in the dial. of Temeem. (Marginal note in a copy of the Mughnee.) [Accord. to Az,] it is best to say ↓ أَنَا in a case of pause; and ↓ أَنَ in a case of conjunction with a following word, as in أَنَ فَعَلْتُ ذَاكَ [I did that]; but some of the Arabs say, فَعَلْتُ ذَاكَ ↓ أَنَا; and some make the ن quiescent in a case of this kind, though this is rare, saying, أَنْ قُلْتُ ذَاكَ [I said that]; and Kudá'ah prolong the former ا, saying, قُلْتُهُ ↓ آنَ. (T.) [Accord. to J,] ↓ أَنَا is a pronoun denoting the speaker alone, and is made to end invariably with fet-h to distinguish it from the particle أَنْ which renders the aor. mansoob; the final ا being for the purpose of showing what is the vowel in a case of pause; but when it occurs in the middle [or beginning] of a sentence, it is dropped, except in a bad dialect. (S.) [Accord. to ISd,] ↓ أَنَ is a noun denoting the speaker; and in a case of pause, you add ا at the end, [saying ↓ أَنَا,] to denote quiescence; (M;) [or] it is better to do this, though it is not always done: (TA:) but it is said, on the authority of Ktr, that there are five dial. vars. of this word; namely, فَعَلْتُ ↓ أَنَ, and ↓ أَنَا, and ↓ آنَ, and أَنٌ, and ↓ أَنَهٌ, all mentioned by IJ; but there is some weakness in this: IJ says that the ه in ↓ أَنَهٌ may be a substitute for the ا in أَنَا, because the latter is the more usual, and the former is rare; or it may be added to show what is the vowel, like the ه, and be like the ه in كِتَابِيَهْ and حِسَابِيَهٌ. (M.) For the dual, as well as the pl., only نَحْنُ is used. (Az, TA.) b2: It is also a pronoun denoting the person addressed, or spoken to, by assuming the form ↓ أَنْتَ [Thou, masc.]; ت being added to it as the sign of the person addressed, (S, M, Mughnee, K,) and أَنْ being the pronoun, (M, Mughnee, K,) accord. to the general opinion; (Mughnee, K;) the two becoming as one; not that one is prefixed to the other as governing it in the gen. case: (S:) and so ↓ أَنْتِ, (S, M, Mughnee, K,) addressed to the female: (S, M:) and ↓ أَنْتُمَا, (M, Mughnee, K,) addressed to two; not a regular dual, for were it so it would be أَنْتَان; but like كُمَا in ضَرَبْتُكُمَا: (M:) and ↓ أَنْتُمٌ and ↓ أَنْتُنَّ, (S, Mughnee, K,) which are [respectively] the masc. and fem. pls. (TA.) b3: To each of these the ك of comparison is sometimes prefixed; so that you say, ↓ أَنْتَ كَأَنَا [Thou art like me, or as I], and ↓ أَنَا كَأَنْتَ [or أَنَ كَأَنْتَ I am like thee, or as thou]; as is related on the authority of the Arabs; for though the ك of comparison is not prefixed to the [affixed] pronoun, and you say, أَنْتَ كَزَيْدٍ but not أَنْتَ كِي, yet the separate pronoun is regarded by them as being in the same predicament as the noun; and therefore the prefixing it to the latter kind of pronoun is approved. (S.) It is said in the Book of لَيْسَ, by IKh, that there is no such phrase, in the language of the Arabs, as أَنْتَ كِى, nor as أَنَا كَكَ, except in two forged verses; wherefore Sb says that the Arabs, by saying أَنْتَ مِثْلِى and أَنَا مثْلُكَ, have no need of saying أَنْتَ كِى and أَنَا كَكَ: and the two verses are these: وَلَوْلَا البَلَآءُ لَكَانُوا كَنَا فَلَوْلَا الحَيَآإُ لَكُنَّا كَهُمٌ [And but for the sense of shame, we had been like them, or as they: and but for trial, or affliction, they had been like us, or as we]: and إِنْ تَكُنْ كِى فِإِنَّنِي كَكَ فِيهَا

إِنَّنَا فِى المَلَامِ مُصْطَحِبَانِ [If thou art like me, or as I, verily I am like thee, or as thou, in respect of her, or it, or them: verily we, in respect of blame, are companions]. (TA.) Az mentions his having heard some of the Benoo-Suleym say, كَمَا أَنْتَنِي, [the latter word being a compound of the pronoun أَنْتَ, regularly written separately, and the affixed pronoun نِى,] meaning Wait thou for me in thy place. (TA.) A2: It is also a particle: and as such, it is—First, a particle of the kind called مَصْدَرِىٌّ, rendering the aor. mansoob: (Mughnee, K:) i. e., (TA,) it combines with a verb [in this case] in the future [or aor. ] tense, following it, to form an equivalent to an inf. n., and renders it mansoob: (S, TA:) you say, أُرِيدُ أَنْ تَقُومَ [I desire that thou stand, or that thou wouldst stand, or that thou mayest stand]; meaning أُرِيدُ قِيَامَكَ [I desire thy standing]. (S.) It occurs in two places: first, in that of the inchoative, or in the beginning of a phrase, so that it is in the place of a nom. case; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 180], وَأَنْ تَصُومُوا خَيْرٌ لَكُمْ [And that ye fast is better for you]; (Mughnee, K;) i. e. صِيَامُكُمْ [your fasting]. (TA.) And, secondly, after a word denoting a meaning which is not that of certainty: and thus it is the place of a nom. case; as in the saying [in the Kur lvii. 15], أَلَمْ يَأَنِ لِلَّذِينَ آمَنُوا أَنٌ تَخْشَعَ قُلُوبُهُمْ [Hath not the time that their hearts should become submissive, i. e. the time of their hearts' becoming submissive, yet come unto those who have believed?]: and in the place of an accus. case; as in the saying [in the Kur x. 38], وَمَا كَانَ هذَا القْرْآنُ أَنْ يُفْتَرَء [And this Kur-án is not such that it might be forged; i. e., افُتِرِآءٌ; so in Bd and Jel; and so in a marginal note to a copy of the Mughnee, where is added, meaning مُفْتَرًى

forged]: and in the place of a gen. case; as in the saying [in the Kur lxiii. 10], مِنْ قَبْلِ أَنْ يَأْتِىَ

أَحَدَكُمُ الْمَوْتُ [Before that death come unto any one of you; i. e. before death's coming unto any one of you]. (Mughnee, K.) Sometimes it makes the aor. to be of the mejzoom form, (Mughnee, K,) as some of the Koofees and AO have mentioned, and as Lh has stated on the authority of certain of the Benoo-Sabbáh of Dabbeh; (Mughnee;) as in this verse: إِذَا مَا غَدَوْنَا قَالَ وِلْدَانُ أَهْلِنَا تَعَالوْغا إِلَى أَنْ يَأْتِنَا الصَّيْدُ نَحْطِبِ [When we went away in the morning, the youths of our family, or people, said, Come ye, until that the chase come to us, (i. e. until the coming of the chase to us,) let us collect firewood]. (Mughnee, K.) And sometimes it is followed by an aor. of the marfooa form; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 233], accord. to the reading of Ibn-Moheysin, لِمَنْ أَرَادَ أَنْ يُتِمُّ الرَّضَاعَةَ [For him who desireth that he may complete the time of sucking; i. e. the completing thereof]; (Mughnee, K;) but this is anomalous, (I 'Ak p. 101, and TA,) or أَنْ is here a contraction of أَنَّ [for أَنَّهُ]: (I 'Ak:) and in the saying of the poet, أَنْ تَقَرَآنِ عَلَي أَسْمَآءِ وَيْحَكُمَا مِنِّى السَّلَامَ وَأَنْ لَا تُخْبِرَا أَحَدَا [That ye two convey, or communicate, to Asmà, (mercy on you! or woe to you!) from me, salutation, and that ye inform not any one]; but the Koofees assert that أَنٌ is here [in the beginning of the verse] a contraction of أَنَّ, and anomalously conjoined with the verb; whereas the Basrees correctly say that it is أَنٌ which renders the aor. mansoob, but is deprived of government by its being made to accord with its co-ordinate مَا, termed مَصْدَرِيَّة; (Mughnee;) or, as IJ says, on the authority of Aboo-'Alee, أَنٌ is here used by poetic licence for أَنَّكُمَا; and the opinion of the Baghdádees [and Basrees], that it is likened to مَا, and therefore without government, is improbable, because أَنْ is not conjoined with a verb in the present tense, but only with the preterite and the future. (M.) When it is suppressed, the aor. may be either mansoob or marfooa; but the latter is the better; as in the saying in the Kur [xxxix. 64], أَفَغَيْرَ اللّٰهِ تَأْمُرُونِّى أَعْبُدُ [Other than God do ye bid me worship?]. (S.) If it occurs immediately before a preterite, it combines with it to form an equivalent to an inf. n. relating to past time; being in this case without government: you say, أَعْجَيَنِيأَنْ قُمْتَ [It pleased me that thou stoodest]; meaning thy standing that is past pleased me: (S:) and thus it is used in the saying [in the Kur xxviii. 82], لَوْلَا أَنٌ مَنَّ اللّٰهُ عَلَيْنَا [Were it not for that God conferred favour upon us; i. e., for God's having conferred favour upon us]. (Mughnee.) It is also conjoined with an imperative; as in the phrase mentioned by Sb, كَتَبْتُ إِلَيهِ بِأَنة قُمٌ [I wrote to him, Stand; i. e. I wrote to him the command to stand]; which shows that AHei is wrong in asserting that whenever it is conjoined with an imperative it is an explicative [in the sense of أَيٌ], and that in this particular instance the ب may be redundant, which it cannot here be, because, whether redundant or not, it is not put immediately before anything but a noun or what may be rendered by a noun. (Mughnee.) b2: Secondly, it is a con-traction of أَنَّ; (Mughnee, K;) and occurs after a verb denoting certainty, or one used in a manner similar to that of such a verb: (Mughnee:) so in the saying [in the Kur lxxiii. 20], عَلِمَ أَنٌ سَيَكُونُ مِنْكُمٌ مَرْضَي [He knoweth that (the case will be this:) there will be among you some diseased; the affixed pronoun هُ, meaning اشَّأْنَ, being understood after أَنْ, which therefore stands for أَنَّهُ, i. e. أَنَّ الشَّأْنَ]: (Mughnee, K: *) and in the phrase, بَلَغَنِى أَنْ قَدْ كَانَ كَذَا وكَذَا [It has come to my knowledge, or been related to me, or been told to me, or it came to my knowledge, &c., that (the case is this:) such and such things have been]; a phrase of this kind, in which أَنْ occurs with a verb, not being approved without قَدْ, unless you say, بَلَغَنِى أَنَّهُ كَانَ كَذَا وَكَذَا: (Lth, T:) [for] when the contracted أَنْ has for its predicate a verbal proposition, of which the verb is neither imperfectly inflected, like لَيْسَ and عَسَى, nor expressive of a prayer or an imprecation, it is separated from the verb, according to the more approved usage, by قَدْ, or the prefix سَ, or سَوْفَ, or a negative, as لَا &c., or لَوْ: (I 'Ak pp. 100 and 101:) but when its predicate is a nominal proposition, it requires not a separation; so that you say, CCC عَلِمْتُ أَنْ زِيْدٌ قَائِمٌ [I knew that (the case was this:) Zeyd was standing]; (I 'Ak p. 100;) and بَلَغَنِى أَنْ زَيدٌ خَارِجٌ [It has come to my knowledge, or been related to me, or been told to me, &c., that (the case is this:) Zeyd is going, or coming, out, or forth]; (TA;) except in the case of a negation, as in the saying in the Kur [xi. 17], وأَنْ لَا إِلهَ إِلَّا هُوَ [And that (the case is this:) there is no deity but He]. (I 'Ak p. 100.) Thus used, it is originally triliteral, and is also what is termed مَصْدَرِيَّة; [عَلِمَ أَنْ, in the first of the exs. above, for instance, meaning عَلِمَ أَنَّهُ, i. e. عَلِمَ أَنَّ الشَّأْنَ, which is equivalent to عَلِمَ كَوْنَ الشَّأْنِ;] and governs the subject in the accus. case, and the predicate in the nom. case: and its subject must be a pronoun, suppressed, [as in the exs. given above, where it means الشَّأْنِ, and in a verse cited before, commencing أَنْ تَقْرَآنِ, accord. to A'boo-'Alee,] or expressed; the latter, accord. to the more correct opinion, being allowable only by poetic license: and its predicate must be a proposition, unless the subject is expressed, in which case it may be either a single word or a proposition; both of which kinds occur in the following saying [of a poet]: بِأَنْكَ رَبِيعٌ وغَيْثٌ مَرِيعٌ وَأَنْكَ هُنَاكَ تَكُونَ الثِّمَالَا [he is speaking of persons coming as guests to him whom he addresses, when their provisions are exhausted, and the horizon is dust-coloured, and the north wind is blowing, (as is shown by the citation of the verse immediately preceding, in the T,) and he says, They know that thou art like rain that produces spring-herbage, and like plenteous rain, and that thou, there, art the aider and the manager of the affairs of people]. (Mughnee. [In the T, for رَبِيعٌ, I find الَّربِيعُ; and for وَأَنْكَ, I there find وَقِدْمًا: but the reading in the Mughnee is that which is the more known.]) [J says,] أَنْ is sometimes a contraction of أَنَّ and does not govern [anything]: you say, بَلَغَنِى

أَنٌ زَيْدٌ خَارِجٌ [explained above]; and it is said in the Kur [vii. 41], وَنُودُوا أَنْ تِلْكُمُ الجَنَّةُ [and it shall be proclaimed to them that (the case is this:) that is Paradise]: (S:) [here, however, أَنة is regarded by some as an explicative, as will be seen below:] but in saying this, J means that it does not govern as to the letter; for virtually it does govern; its subject being meant to be understood; the virtual meaning being أَنَّهُ تِلْكُمُ الجَنَّةُ. (IB.) [In another place, J says,] You may make the contracted أَنْ to govern or not, as you please. (S.) Aboo-Tálib the Grammarian mentions an assertion that the Arabs make it to govern; as in the saying [of a poet, describing a beautiful bosom], كَأَنْ ثَذْيَيْهِ حُقَّانِ [As though its two breasts were two small round boxes]: but [the reading commonly known is كَأَنْ ثَدْيَاهُ حُقَّانِ (this latter reading is given in De Sacy's Anthol. Gram. Ar. p. 104 of the Ar. text; and both are given in the S;) كَأَنْ here meaning كَأَنَّهُ; and] Fr says, We have not heard the Arabs use the contracted form and make it to govern except with a pronoun, in which case the desinential syntax is not apparent. (T.) The author of the K says in the B that you say, عَلِمْتُ أَنْ زيْدًا لَمُنْطَلِقٌ [I knew that Zeyd was indeed going away], with ل when it is made to govern; and عَلِمْتُ أَنْ زَيْدٌ مُنْطَلِقٌ [I knew that (the case was this:) Zeyd was going away], without ل when it is made to have no government. (TA. [But in the latter ex. it governs the subject, which is understood, as in other exs. before given.]) [See an ex. in a verse ending with the phrase وَكَأَنْ قَدِ cited voce قَد, where كَأَنْ is for كَأَنَّهُ, meaning كَأَنَّ الشّأنَ, and a verb is understood after قد. and see also أَنَّ, below.]b2: Thirdly, it is an explicative, (Mughnee, K,) meaning أَيْ (S, M, and so in some copies of the K,) or [rather] used in the manner of أَيْ; (Mughnee, and so in some copies of the K;) [meaning قَائِلًا, or قَائِلِينَ; or يَقُولُ, or يَقُولُونَ; or some other form of the verb قَالَ; i. e. Saying ; &c.;] as in the saying [in the Kur xxiii. 27], فَأَوْحَيْنَا إِلَيْهِ أَنِ اصْنَعِ الْقُلْكَ [And we revealed, or spake by revelation, unto him, saying, Make thou the ark]; (Mughnee, K) and [in the Kur vii. 41,]وَنُودُوا أَنْ تِلْكُمُ الْجَنَّةُ [And it shall be proclaimed to them, being said, That is Paradise]; or in these two instances it may be regarded as what is termed مَصْدَرِيَّة, by supposing the preposition [بِ] understood before it, so that in the former instance it is the biliteral, because it is put before the imperative, and in the second it is the contraction of أَنَّ because it is put before a nominal proposition; (Mughnee;) and [in the Kur xxxviii. 5,] وَانْطَلَقَ الْمَلَأُ مِنْهُمْ أَنِ امْشُوا (S, M, Mughnee) i. e. [and the chief persons of them] broke forth, or launched forth, with their tongues, or in speech, [saying,] Go ye on, or continue ye, in your course of action &c. (Mughnee.) For this usage of أَنْ certain conditions are requisite : first, that it be preceded by a proposition : secondly, that it be followed by a proposition; so that you may not say, ذَكَرْتُ عَسْجَدًا أَنْ ذَهَبًا, but you must say أَىٌ in this case, or must omit the explicative : thirdly, that the preceding proposition convey the meaning of القَوْلُ, as in the exs. above; in the last of which, انطلق has the meaning assigned to it above; not that of walking or going away : fourthly, that there be not in the preceding proposition the letters of القَوْلُ; so that one may not say, قُلْتُ لَهُ أَنِ افْعَلْ; or, if there be in it those letters, that the word which they compose shall be interpreted by another word; as in the saying, in the Kur [v, 117], مَا قُلْتُ لَهُمْ إِلَّا مَا أَمَرْتَنِى بِهِ أَنِ اعْبُدُوا اللّٰهَ which may mean, as Z says, I have not commanded them [aught save that which Thou commandedst me, saying, Worship ye God]; (Mughnee;) in which instance Fr says that it is an explicative : (T :) fifthly, that there be not a preposition immediately before it; for if you say, كَتَبْتُ إِلَيْهِ بِأَنِ افْعَلْ كَذَا, it is what is termed مَصْدَرِيَّة [as we have before shown]. (Mughnee.) When it may be regarded as an explicative and is followed by an aor. with لا as in أَشَرْتُ إِلَيْهِ أَنْ لَا تَفْعَل كَذَا, it may be marfooa, [namely, the aor. ,] on the supposition that لا is a negative ; or mejzoom, on the supposition that it is a prohibitive; and in both cases ان is an explicative ; [so that the meaning is, I made a sign to him, as though saying, Thou wilt not do such a thing, in the former case ; or, in the latter, Do not thou such a thing ;] or mansoob, on the supposition that لا is a negative and that ان is what is termed مَصْدَرِيَّة: but if لا is wanting, it may not be mejzoom, but may be marfooa [if we use ان as an explicative] or mansoob [if ان be what is termed مَصْدَرِيَّة]. (Mughnee.)b3: Fourthly, it is redundant, as a corroborative, (Mughnee, K,) like whatever else is redundant : and thus it is in four cases : one of these, which is the most common, being when it occurs after لَمَّا denoting time; [and this is mentioned in the M ; ] as in the saying [in the Kur xxix. 32], وَلمَّا أَنْ جَآءَ تْ رُسُلُنَا لُوطًا [And when our apostles came to Lot]: (Mughnee:) [or,] accord. to J, (TA,) it is sometimes a connective to لَمَّا; as in the saying in the Kur [xii. 96], فَلَمَّا أَنْ جَآءَ الْبَشِيرُ [And when that (like as we say, " now that,") the announcer of good tidings came] : and sometimes it is redundant ; as in the saying in the Kur [viii. 34], وَمَا لَهُمْ أَنْ لَا يُعَذِبَهُمُ اللّٰهُ [as though it might be rendered But what reason have they, God should not punish them?] : (S, TA:) but IB says that the connective is redundant ; and [that ان is not redundant in the latter instance, for] if it were redundant in this verse of the Kur it would not render the [aor.] verb mansoob. (TA. [The author of the Mughnee, like IB, disallows that ان is redundant in a case of this kind, which Kh asserts it to be ; and says that فِى is under-stood before it.]) The second case is when it occurs between لَوٌ and a verb signifying swearing, the latter being expressed; as in this verse: فَأُقْسِمُ أَنْ لَوِ الْتَقَيْنَا وَأَنْتُمُ لَكَانَ لَنَا يَوْمٌ مِنَ الشَّرِّ مُظْلِمُ

[And I swear, had we and you met, there had been to us a dark day of evil]: and when that verb is omitted; as in the following ex.: أَمَا وَاللّٰهِ أَنْ لَوْ كُنْتَ حُرِّا وَمَا بِالْحُِرِأَنْتَ وَلَا العَتِيقِ [Verily, or now surely, by God, if thou wert freeborn; but thou art not the freeborn nor the emancipated]: so say Sb and others: Ibn-'Os-foor holds it to be a particle employed to connect the complement of the oath with the oath; but this is rendered improbable by the fact that it is in most cases omitted, and such particles are not. (Mughnee.) The third case, which is extr., is when it occurs between the ك [of comparison] and the noun governed by it in the genitive case; as in the saying, وَيَوْمًا تُوَافِينَا بِوَجْهٍ مُقَسَّمٍ

كَأَنٌ ظَبْيَةٍ تَعْطُو إِلَى وَارِقِ السَّلَمْ [And on a day thou comest to us with a beautiful face, like a doe-gazelle raising her head towards the goodly green-leaved tree of the selem kind], accord. to the reading of him who makes طبيةْ to be governed in the genitive case [instead of the accus. or the nom.; for if we read it in the accus. or the nom., أَنْ is a contraction of أَنَّ; in the former case, ظبية being its subject, and its predicate being suppressed; and in the latter case, the meaning being كَأَنَّهَا ظَبْيَةٌ, so that the subject of ان is suppressed]. (Mughnee.) The fourth case is when it occurs after إِذَا; as in the following ex.: فَأُمْهلُهُ حَتَّى إذَا أَنْ كَأَنَّهُ مُعَاطِى يَدٍ فِي لُجَّةِ المَآءِ غَامِرُ [And I leave him alone until when he is as though he were a giver of a hand to be laid hold upon, in the fathomless deep of the water immerged]. (Mughnee.) b4: [Fifthly,] among other meanings which have been assigned to it, (Mughnee,) it has a conditional meaning, like إِنٌ: (Mughnee, K:) so the Koofees hold; and it seems to be most probably correct, for several reasons: first, because both these forms occur, accord. to different readings, in several instances, in one passage of the Kur; as in [ii. 282,] أَنْ تَضِلٌّ

إِحْدَاهُمَا [If one of them twain (namely, women,) err]; &c.: secondly, because [the prefix] فَ often occurs after it; as in a verse commencing with أَبَا خُرَاشَةَ [as cited voce أَمَّا, accord. to some who hold that أمَّا in that verse is a compound of the conditional أَنْ and the redundant مَا; and as in the Kur ii. 282, where the words quoted above are immediately followed by فَتُذَكِّرَ إِحْدَاهُمَا الْأُخْرَى]: thirdly, because it is conjoined with إِنٌ [which forms a part of the compound إِكَّا] in this ex.: إِمَّا أَقَمْتَ وَأَمَّا أَنْتَ مُرْتَحِلًا فَاللّٰهُ يَكْلَأُ مَا تَأْتِى وَمَا تَذَرُ [If thou remain, and if thou be going away (أَمَّا meaning أَنْ كُنْتَ, as syn. with إِنْ كُنْتَ), may God guard thee (يَكْلَأُ being marfooa because of the ف) as long as thou doest and as long as thou leavest undone]: thus related, with kesr to the former ان [in إِنَّا] and with fet-h to the latter [in أَمَّا]. (Mughnee.) b5: [Sixthly,] it is a negative, like إِنْ: (Mughnee, K:) so, as some say, in [the Kur iii. 66,] أَنع يُؤْتَى أَحَدٌ مِثْلَ مَا أُوتِيتُمْ [meaning accord. to them Not any one is given the like of that scripture which ye have been given]: but it is said [by others] that the meaning is, [taken with what precedes it,] And believe not ye that (بِأَنْ) any one is given the like of that scripture which ye have been given, except it be given to him who followeth your religion; and that the phrase “ say thou, Verily the direction is the direction of God,” is parenthetic. (Mughnee.) b6: [Seventhly,] it is syn. with إِذْ, (Az, T, Mughnee, K, [in Freytag's Lex., from the K, إِذْ قِيلَ, but قيل in the K relates to what there follows,]) as some say, in [the Kur l. 2,] بَلْ عَجِبُوا أَنٌ جَآءَهُمْ مُنْذِرٌمِنْهُمْ [Verily they wonder because a warner from among themselves hath come unto them]; (Mughnee, K;) and in other instances; but correctly, in all these instances, ان is what is termed مَصْدَرِيَّة, and لِ denoting cause is understood before it. (Mughnee.) [See also أَمَّا and إِمَّا.] b7: [Eighthly,] it is syn. with لِئَلّا, accord. to some, in [the Kur iv. last verse,] يُبَيِّنُ اللّٰهُأَنْ تَضِلُّوا [God explaineth to you (the ordinances of your religion, Jel), lest ye should err, or in order that ye may not err]; (Mughnee, K;) and in the saying, نَزَلْتُمْ مَنْزِلَ الأَضْيَافِ مِنَّا فَعَجَّلْنَا القِرَى أَنْ تَشْتِمُونَا [Ye became, or have become, in the condition of our guests; so we hastened, or have hastened, the entertainment, lest ye should revile us, or in order that ye should not revile us]: (Mughnee:) but correctly, in such a case [likewise], ان is what is termed مَصْدَرِيَّة, and the original wording is كَرَاهَةَ أَنْ تَضِلُّوا [from a motive of dislike that ye should err], (Mughnee, K,) and مَخَافَةَ أَنْ تَشْتِمُونَا [from a motive of fear that ye should revile us]: so say the Basrees: some say, extravagantly, that ل is meant to be understood before it, and الَّذِى after it. (Mughnee.) b8: [Ninthly,] it occurs in the sense of الَّذِى; as in the saying, زَيْدٌ أَعْقَلُ مِنٌ أَنْ يَكْذِب [Zeyd is more reasonable than he who lies; which is equivalent to saying, Zeyd is too reasonable to lie: but respecting its usage in a phrase of this kind, and respecting the form of the aor. after it in such a case, see مِنْ]. (Kull p. 78.) b9: By a peculiarity of pronunciation termed عَنْعَتَةٌ, the tribe of Temeem say عَنْ instead of أَنٌ. (M.) إِنٌ is used in various ways: first, as a conditional particle, (S, M, Msb, Mughnee, K,) denoting the happening of the second of two events in consequence of the happening of the first, (S, Msb, *) whether the second be immediate or deferred, and whether the condition be affirmative or negative; (Msb;) [and as such it is followed by a mejzoom aor., or by a pret. having the signification of an aor. ;] as in the saying, [إِنْ تَفْعَلٌ أفْعَلٌ If thou do such a thing, I will do it; and] إِنْ تَأْتِنِى آتِكَ [If thou come to me, I will come to thee]; and إِنٌ جِئْتَنِى أَكْرَمْتُكَ [If thou come to me, I will treat thee with honour]; (S;) and إِنْ فَعَلْتَ فَعَلْتُ [If thou do, I will do] for which the tribe of Teiyi say, as IJ relates on the authority of Ktr, هِنْ فَعَلْتَ فَعَلْتُ; (M;) and إِنْ دَخَلْت الدَّارَ أَوٌ [If thou stand, I will stand]; and إِنْ دَخَلْتِ الدَّارَ أَوْ لَمْ تَدْخُلِى الدَّارض فَأَنْتِ طَالقٌ [If thou enter the house, or if thou enter not the house, thou shalt be divorced]; (Msb;) and [in the Kur viii. 39,] إِنْ يَنْتَهُوا يُغْفَرٌ لَهُمْ مَا قَد سَلَفَ [If they desist, what hath already past shall be forgiven them]; and [in verse 19 of the same ch.,] وَإِنْ تَعُودُوا نَعُدْ [But if ye return to attacking the Apostle, we will return to assisting him]. (Mughnee, K.) [On the difference between it and إِذا, see the latter.] When either it or إِذَا is immediately followed by a noun in the nom. case, the said noun is governed in that case by a verb necessarily suppressed, of which it is the agent; as in the saying, in the Kur [ix. 6], وَإِنْ أَحَدٌ مِنَ الْمُشْرِكِينَ استَجَارَكَ; the complete phrase being وَإِنِ اسْتَجَارَكَ أَحَدٌ مِنَ الْمُشْرِكِينَ اسْتَجَارَكَ [And if any one of the believers in a plurality of gods demand protection of thee, (if) he demand protection of thee]: so accord. to the generality of the grammarians. (I 'Ak p. 123.) Sometimes it is conjoined with the negative لَا, and the ignorant may imagine it to be the exceptive إِلَّا; as in [the saying in the Kur ix. 40,] إِلَّا تَنْصُرُوهُ فَقَد نَصَرَهُ اللّٰهُ [If ye will not aid him, certainly God did aid him]; and [in the next preceding verse,] إِلَّا تَنْفِرُوا يُعَذِّبْكُمْ [If ye will not go forth to war, He will punish you]. (Mughnee, K. *) It is sometimes used to denote one's feigning himself ignorant; as when you say to one who asks, “Is thy child in the house? ” and thou hast knowledge thereof, إِنْ كَانَ فِى الدَّارِ أَعْلَمْتُكَ بِهِ [If he be in the house, I will inform thee thereof]. (Msb.) And to denote one's putting the knowing in the predicament of the ignorant, in order to incite to the doing or continuing an action; as when you say, إِنٌ كُنْتَ ابُنِى فَأَطِعْنِى [If thou be my son, obey me]; as though you said, “Thou knowest that thou art my son, and it is incumbent on the son to obey the father, and thou art not obedient; therefore do what thou art commanded to do. ” (Msb.) And sometimes it is divested of the conditional meaning, and becomes syn. with لَو; as in the saying, صَلِّ وَإِنٌ عَجَزْتَ عَنِ القِيَام [Pray thou though thou be unable to stand;] i. e. pray thou whether thou be able to stand or unable to do so; and in the saying, أَكْرِمٌ زِيْدًا وَإِنْ قَعَدَ i. e. [Treat thou Zeyd with honour] though he be sitting; or, whether he sit or not. (Msb.) [إِمَّا as a compound of the conditional إِنٌ and the redundant مَا, see in an art. of which اما is the heading.] b2: [Secondly,] it is a negative, (S, Mughnee, K,) syn. with مَا; (S;) and is put before a nominal proposition; (Mughnee, K;) as in the saying [in the Kur lxvii. 20], إِنِ الْكَافِرُونَ

إِلَّا فِى غُرُورٍ [The unbelievers are not in aught save in a deception]; (S, Mughnee, K;) and before a verbal proposition; as in [the Kur ix. 108,] إِنْ أَرَدْنَا إِلَّا الْحُسْنَى [We desired not, or meant not, aught save that which is best]. (Mughnee, K.) The assertion of some, that the negative إِنٌ does not occur except where it is followed by إِلَّا, as in the instances cited above, or by لَمَّا, with tesh-deed, which is syn. therewith, as, accord. to a reading of some of the Seven [Readers], in the saying [in the Kur lxxxvi. 4], إِنْ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ لَمَّا عَلَيْهَا حَافِظٌ, i. e., مَا كُلُّ نَفْسٍ إِلَّا عَلَيْهَا حَافِظٌ [There is not any soul but over it is a guardian], is refuted by the sayings in the Kur [x. 69 and lxxii. 26], إِنْ عِندَكُمْ مِنْ سُلْطَانٍ بِهٰذَا [meaning, accord. to the Jel., Ye have no proof of this that ye say], and إِنْ أَدْرِيأَقَرِيبٌ مَا تُوعَدُونَ [I know not whether that with which ye are threatened be nigh]. (Mughnee, K. *) The conditional and the negative both occur in the saying in the Kur [xxxv. 39], وَلَئِنْ زَالَتَا إِنْ أَمْسَكَهُمَا مِنْ أَحَدٍ مِنْ بَعْدِهِ [And I swear that, if they should quit their place, not any one should withhold them after Him]: the former is conditional; and the latter is negative, and is [part of] the complement of the oath which is denoted by the ل prefixed to the former; the complement of the condition being necessarily suppressed. (Mughnee.) When it is put before a nominal proposition, it has no government, accord. to Sb and Fr; but Ks and Mbr allow its governing in the manner of لَيْسَ; and Sa'eed Ibn-Jubeyr reads, [in the Kur vii. 193,] إِنِ الَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِنْ دُونِ اللّٰهِ عِبَادًا أَمْثَالَكُمٌ [Those whom ye invoke beside God, or others than God, are not men like you]: also, the people of El-'Áliyeh have been heard to say, إِنٌ أَحَدٌ خَيْرًامِنْ أَحدٍ إِلَّا بِالعَافِيَةِ [Any one is not better than any other one, except by means of health, or soundness]; and إِنْ ذٰلِكَ نَافِعَكَ وَلَا ضَارَّكَ [That is not profitable to thee nor injurious to thee]: as an ex. of its occurrence without government, which is mostly the case, the saying of some, قَائمٌ ↓ إِنَّ may be explained as originally إِنٌ أَنَا قَائِمٌ [I am not standing]; the أ of أَنَا being elided for no reason in itself, and the ن of إِنٌ being incorporated into the ن of أَنَا, and the ا of this latter being elided in its conjunction with the following word; but إِنَّ قَائِمًا has also been heard. (Mughnee.) Sometimes it occurs [as a negative] in the complement of an oath: you say, وَاللّٰهِ إِنٌ فَعَلْتُ, meaning مَا فَعَلْتُ [By God, I did not]. (S.) b3: [Thirdly,] it is a contraction of إِنَّ, and is put before a nominal and before a verbal proposition. (Mughnee, K.) In the former case, it is made to govern and is made to have no government: (S, * K:) [i. e.] in this case, it is allowable to make it govern; contr. to the opinion of the Koofees: (Mughnee:) Lth says that he who uses the contracted form of إِنَّ uses the nom. case with it, except that some of the people of El-Hijáz use the accus. case with it: (T:) thus it is said, accord. to one reading, [in the Kur xi. 113,] إِنْ كُلَّا لَمَا لَيُوَفِّيَنَّهُمٌ رَبُّكَ أَعْمَالَهُمٌ [Verily all of them, thy Lord will indeed fully render them the recompense of their works]: (T, Mughnee:) Fr says, We have not heard the Arabs use the contracted form and make it to govern, unless with a pronoun, in which case the desinential syntax is not apparent; and he adds that in the instance cited above, they make كُلّا to be governed in the accus. case by ليوفّينّهم; as though the phrase were لَيُوَفِّيَنَّهُمْ كُلَّا; and that كُلُّ would be proper; for you say, إِنْ زَيْدٌ لَقَائِمٌ [Verily Zeyd is standing]: (T:) the ex. given by Sb is, إِنْ عَمْرًا لَمُنطَلِقٌ [Verily 'Amr is going away]. (Mughnee.) But it is [most] frequently made to have no government; as in the saying [in the Kur xliii. 34 accord. to one reading], وَإِنْ كُلُّ ذٰلِكَ لَمَا مَتَاعُ الْحَيَاةِ الدُّنْيَا [And verily all that is the furniture of the present life]; and, accord. to the reading of Hafs, [and of 'Ásim and Kh, in the Kur xx. 66, respecting which see إِنَّ,] إِنْ هٰذَانِ لَسَاحِرَانِ [Verily these two are enchanters]; &c. (Mughnee.) When it is put before a verbal proposition, it is necessarily made to have no government: (Mughnee, K:) and in most cases the verb is a preterite and of the kind called نَاسِخ [which effects a change of the grammatical form or of the meaning in a nominal proposition before which it is placed]; as in the saying [in the Kur ii. 138], وَإِنْ كَانَتٌ لَكَبِيرَةً [And verily it was a great matter]; and [in the Kur xvii. 75,] وَإِنْ كَادُوا لَيَفْتِنُونَكَ [And verily they were near to seducing thee]; (Mughnee;) in which last ex. Az says, it means لَقَدْ, i. e. without doubt; and so in the same ch. vv. 78 and 108: (T:) less frequently it is an aor. of a verb of this kind; as in the saying [in the Kur xxvi. 186], وَإِنْ نَظُنُّكَ لَمِنَ الْكَاذِبينَ [And verily we think thee to be of the number of the liars]: and both these kinds of expression may be taken as exs. to be imitated: less frequently than this it is a preterite of a verb not of the kind termed نَسخ; as in the saying [of a poet], شَلَّتٌ يَمِينُكَ إِنٌ قَتَلْتَ لَمُسْلِمًا [May thy right arm, or hand, dry up, or become unsound! verily thou hast slain a Muslim]; but this may not be taken as an ex. to be imitated; contr. to the opinion of Akh; for he allows the phrase, إِنْ قِامَ لَأَنَا [Verily I stood], and إِنٌ قَعَدَ لأَنْتَ [Verily thou sattest]: and less frequently than this it is an aor. of a verb not of the kind termed ناسخ; as in the saying, إِنْ يَزِينُكَ لَنَفْسُكَ وَإِنٌ يَشِينُكَ لَهِيَهٌ [Verily thy soul is that which beautifies thee, and it is that which deforms thee]; and this, by common consent, may not be taken as an ex. to be imitated. (Mughnee.) Wherever you find إِنٌ with لَ after it, decide that it is originally إِنَّ; (Mughnee, K;) as in the exs. above: but respecting this ل there is a difference of opinion: see this letter. (Mughnee.) J says, (TA,) إِنٌ is sometimes a contraction of إِنَّ, and this must have ل put before its predicate, to compensate for what is elided, of the doubled letter; as in the saying in the Kur [lxxxvi. 4, accord. to him who reads لَمَا instead of لَمَّا], إِنْ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ لَمَا عَلَيْهَا حَافِظٌ [Verily every soul hath over it a guardian]; and in the saying, إِنٌ زَيدٌ لَأَخُوكَ [Verily Zeyd is thy brother]; in order that it may not be confounded with إِنٌ which is syn. with the negative مَا: (S, TA:) but IB says, ل is here introduced to distinguish between negation and affirmation, and this إِنْ has neither subject nor predicate; so J's saying that the ل is put before its predicate is without meaning: and this ل is sometimes introduced with the objective complement of a verb; as in إِنْ ضَرَبْتُ لَزَيْدًا [Verily I struck, or beat, Zeyd]; and with the agent; as in إِنْ قَامَ لَزَيْدٌ [Verily Zeyd stood]. (TA.) When the contracted إِنْ governs, this ل is not necessary; so you may say, إِنْ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ [Verily Zeyd is standing]; because in this case it cannot be confounded with the negative; for the negative does not render the subject mansoob and the predicate marfooa: and when it does not govern, if the meaning is apparent, the ل is not needed; as in وَنَحْنُ أُبَاةُ الضَّيْمِ مِنْ آلِ مَالِكٍ

وَإِنْ مَالِكٌ كَانَتْ كِرَامَ المَعَادِنِ [And we are persons who refuse to submit to injury, of the family of Málik: and verily the family of Málik are generous in respect of their origins]; كَانَتْ being here for لَكَانَتٌ. (I 'Ak p. 99.) b4: [Fourthly,] it is redundant, (S, Mughnee, K,) occurring with مَا; as in the saying, مَا إِنْ يَقُومُ زَيْدٌ [Zeyd does not stand]; (S;) and in the saying [of a poet], كَا إِنْ أَتَيْتَ بِشْىءٍ أَنْتَ تَكْرَهُهُ [Thou didst not a thing which thou dislikest]. (Mughnee, K: in the CK اَتْتُ.) It is mostly thus used after the negative ما, when put before a verbal proposition; as above; or before a nominal proposition; as in the saying, مَنَايَانَا وَدَوْلَةُ آخَرِينَا وَمَا إِنْ طِبُّنَا جبُنٌ ولٰكِنٌ [And our habit is not cowardice; but our destinies and the good fortune of others caused our being defeated]: and in this case it prevents the government of ما, as in this verse: but in the saying, بَنِى غُدَانَةَ مَا إِنْ أَنْتُمُ ذَهَبًا وَلَا صَرِيفًا وَلٰكِنٌ أَنْتُمُ الخَزَفُ [Sons of Ghudáneh, ye are not indeed gold, nor silver, or pure silver, but ye are pottery], accord. to him who relates it thus, saying ذهبًا and صريفًا, in the accus. case, it is explained as a negative, corroborative of ما: (Mughnee:) and accord. to J, (TA,) the negatives مَا and إِنٌ are sometimes thus combined for corroboration; as in the saying of the rájiz, (El-Aghlab El-'Ijlee, TA,) أَكْثَرَ مِنْهُ قِرَةً وَقَارَا مَا إِنٌ رَأَيْنَا مَلِكَّا أَغَارَا [We have not indeed seen a king who has made a hostile incursion possessing more numerous sheep, or goats, and camels, than he]; (S, TA;) but IB says that ان is here redundant, not a negative. (TA.) Sometimes it is redundant after the conjunct noun مَا; as in the saying, يُرَجِىّ المَرْإُ مَا إِنٌ لَا يَرَاهُ وَتَعْرِضُ دُونَ أَدْنَاهُ الخُطُوبُ [Man hopes for that which he will not see; for calamities intervene as obstacles in the way to what is nearest thereof]. (Mughnee.) And after the مَا termed مَصْدَرِيَّة, (Mughnee,) [i. e.,] after the adverbial مَا [which is of the kind termed مصدريّة]; (TA;) as in the saying (of Maaloot El-Kurey'ee, cited by Sb, TA), وَرَجِّ الفَتَى لِلْخَيْرِ مَا إِنْ رَأَيْتَهُ عَلَي السِّنِّ خَيْرًا لَايَزَالُ يَزِيدُ [And hope thou that the youth is destined for good as long as thou hast seen him not ceasing to increase in good with age]. (Mughnee.) and after the inceptive أَلَا; as in the saying, أَلَا إِنْ سَرَى لَيْلِى فبِتُّ كَئِيبَا

أُحَاذِرُ أَنْ تَنْأَى النَّوَى بِغَضُوبَا [Now he journeyed on, or during, that my night, and I passed the night in an evil state, broken in spirit by grief, being fearful that the distance to which he was going with Ghadoob (a woman so named) would become far]. (Mughnee.) and before the meddeh denoting disapproval: [for] Sb heard a man, on its being said to him, “Wilt thou go forth if the desert become plentiful in herbage? ” reply, أَأَنَا إِنِيهٌ [What, I, indeed?] disapproving that he should think otherwise than that. (Mughnee. [See also art. انى.]) b5: [Fifthly,] it is syn. with قَدْ: so it is said to be in the saying [in the Kur lxxxvii. 9], إِنْ نَفَعَتِ الذِّكْرَى

[Admonition hath profited], (T, Mughnee, K,) by IAar (T) and by Ktr: (Mughnee:) and Abu-l-' Abbás relates that the Arabs say, إِنٌ نَفَعَتِ الذِّكْرَى

meaning قَدْ قَامَ زَيْدٌ [Zeyd has stood]; and he adds, that Ks states his having heard them say so, and having thought that it expressed a condition, but that he asked them, and they answered that they meant قَدْ قَامَ زَيْدٌ, and not مَا قَامَ زَيْدٌ. (T.) [So too, accord. to the K, in all the exs. cited in the next sentence as from the Mughnee; but this is evidently a mistake, occasioned by an accidental omission.] b6: [Sixthly,] it is asserted also by the Koofees, that it is syn. with إِذْ, in the following exs.: in the Kur [v. 62], وَاتَّقُوا اللّٰهَ إِنٌ كُنْتُمْ مُؤْمِنِينَ [And fear ye God, because ye are believers: and so, accord. to Az, as is said in the T, in a similar instance in the Kur ii. 278: and in the same, iv. 62]: and [in the Kur xlviii. 27,] لَتَدْ خُلُنَّ المَسْجِدَ الْحَرَامَ إِنْ شَآءَ آمِنِينَ [Ye shall assuredly enter the sacred mosque, because God hath willed, in security]: and in like instances, when the verb therein expresses what is held sure to happen or to have happened: and in the saying, أَتَغْضَبُ إِنٌ أُدْنَا قُتَيْبَةَ حُزَّتَا جِهَارًا وَلَمْ تَغْضَبْ لِقَتْلِ ابْنِ حَازِمِ [Art thou angry because the ears of Kuteybeh have been cut, openly, or publicly, and wast not angry for the slaughter of Ibn-Házim?]: (Mughnee:) but in all these instances [it is sufficiently obvious that] ان may be otherwise explained. (Mughnee, K.) b7: [Seventhly,] it is sometimes syn. with إِذَا; as in the Kur [ix. 23], لَا تَتَّخِذُوا

آبَآءَكُمْ وَإِخْوَانَكُمْ أَوْلِيَآءَ إِنِ اسْتَحَبُّوا الْكُفْرَعَلَى

الْإِيمَانِ [Take not ye your fathers and your brethren as friends when they love unbelief above belief]; and in the same [xxxiii. 49], وَامْرَأَةً مُؤْمِنَةً

إِنْ وَهَبَتْ نَفْسَهَا لِلنَّبِىّ [And a believing woman when she giveth herself to the Prophet]: so says Az. (T.) b8: [Eighthly,] it is used for إِمَّا, (Mughnee and K, voce إِمَّا,) distinct from إِمَّا which is a compound of the conditional إِنٌ and the redundant مَا. (Mughnee ibid.) [See an ex. in a verse cited voce إِمَّا in the present work, commencing with the words سَقَتْهُ الرَّوَاعِدُ.]

أَنَ: see أَنْ, in four places.

أَنَّ is one of the particles which annul the quality of the inchoative; and is originally إِنَّ; therefore Sb has not mentioned it among those particles [as distinct from إِنَّ, from which, however, it is distinguished in meaning]: (I 'Ak p. 90:) it is a corroborative particle; (I 'Ak, Mughnee;) a particle governing the subject in the accus. case and the predicate in the nom. case, (S, I 'Ak, Mughnee, K,) combining with what follows it to form an equivalent to an inf. n., (S,) [for,] accord. to the most correct opinion, it is a conjunct particle, which, together with its two objects of government, is explained by means of an inf. n. (Mughnee.) If the predicate is derived, the inf. n. by means of which it is explained is of the same radical letters; so that the implied meaning of بَلَغَنِي أَنَّكَ تَنْطَلِقُ [It has come to my knowledge, or been related to me, or been told to me, or it came to my knowledge, &c., that thou goest away], or أَنَّكَ مُنْطَلِقٌ [that thou art going away], is بَلَغَنِي الاِنْطِلَاقُ [or rather انْطِلَاقُكَ thy going away has come to my knowledge, &c.]; and hence, the implied meaning of بَلَغَنِى أَنَّكَ فِي الدَّارِ [It has come to my knowledge, &c., that thou art in the house] is بَلَغَنِى اسْتِقْرَارُكَ فِي الدَّارِ [thy remaining in the house has come to my knowledge, &c.], because thea predicate is properly a word suppressed from اِستَقَرَّ or مُسْتَقِرٌّ: and if the predicate is underived, the implied meaning is explained by the word كَوْنِ; so that the implied meaning of بَلَغَنِى أَنَّ هٰذا زَيْدٌ [It has come to my knowledge, &c., that this is Zeyd] is بَلَغَنِى

كَوْنُهُ زَيْدًا [his being Zeyd has come to my knowledge, &c.]; for the relation of every predicate expressed by an underived word to its subject may be denoted by a word signifying “ being; ”

so that you say, هٰذَا زَيْدٌ and, if you will, هٰذَا كَائِنٌ زَيْدًا; both signifying the same. (Mughnee.) There are cases in which either أَنَّ or إِنَّ may be used: [see the latter, in twelve places:] other cases in which only the former may be used: and others in which only the latter. (I 'Ak p. 91.) The former only may be used when the implied meaning is to be explained by an inf. n. (I 'Ak, K.) Such is the case when it occurs in the place of a noun governed by a verb in the nom. case; as in يُعْجِبُنِى أَنَّكَ قَائِمٌ [It pleases me that thou art standing], i. e. قِيَامُكَ [thy standing pleases me]: or in the place of a noun governed by a verb in the accus. case; as in عَرَفْتُ أَتَّكَ قَائِمٌ [I knew that thou wast standing], i. e. قِيَامَكَ [thy standing]: or in the place of a noun governed in the gen. case by a particle; as in عَجِبْتُ مِنْ أَنَّكَ قَائِمٌ [I wondered that thou wast standing], i. e. مِنْ قِيَامكَ [at, or by reason of, thy standing]: (I 'Ak p. 91:) [and sometimes a preposition is understood; as in لَا شَكَّ أَنَّهُ كَذَا, for لَا شَكَّ فِى أَنَّهُ كَذَا There is no doubt that it is thus, i. e. لَا شّكَّ فِى كَوْنِهِ كَذَا There is no doubt of its being thus:] and أَنَّ must be used after لَوْ; as in لَوْ أَنَّكَ قَائِمٌ لَقُمْتُ [If that thou wert standing, I had stood, or would have stood, i. e. لَوْ ثَبَتَ قِيَامُكَ, or لَوْ قِيَامُكَ ثَابِتٌ, accord. to different opinions, both meaning if thy standing were a fact: see I 'Ak pp. 305 and 306]. (K.) Sometimes its أ is changed into ع; so that you say, عَلِمْتُ عَنَّكَ مُنْطَلِقٌ [meaning I knew that thou wast going away]. (M.) b2: With ك prefixed to it, it is a particle of comparison, (S, * M, TA,) [still] governing the subject in the accus. case and the predicate in the nom. case: (TA:) you say, كَأَنَّ زَيْدًا عَمْرٌو [It is as though Zeyd were 'Amr], meaning that Zeyd is like 'Amr; as though you said, إِنَّ زَيْدًا كَائِنٌ كَعَمْرٍو [verily, Zeyd is like 'Amr]: [it is to be accounted for by an ellipsis: or] the ك is taken away from the middle of this proposition, and put at its commencement, and then the kesreh of إِنَّ necessarily becomes changed to a fet-hah, because إِنَّ cannot be preceded by a preposition, for it never occurs but at the commencement [of a proposition]. (IJ, M.) Sometimes, كَأَنَّ denotes denial; as in the saying, كَأَنَّكَ أَمِيرُنَا فَتَأْمُرَنَا [As though thou wert our commander so that thou shouldst command us], meaning thou art not our commander [that thou shouldst command us]. (TA.) It also denotes wishing; as in the saying, كَأْنَّكَ بِي قَدْ قُلْتُ الشِّعْرَ فَأُجِيدَهُ, meaning Would that I had poetized, or versified, so that I might do it well: (TA:) [an elliptical form of speech, of which the implied meaning seems to be, would that I were as though thou sawest me that I had poetized, &c.; or the like: for] you say [also], كَأَنِّى بِكَ meaning كَأَنِّى أَبْصُرُ بِكَ [It is as though I saw thee]; i. e. I know from what I witness of thy condition to-day how thy condition will be tomorrow; so that it is as though I saw thee in that condition: (Har p. 126: [see also بِ; near the end of the paragraph:]) [thus,] كَأَنَّ also denotes knowing; and also thinking; [the former as in the saying immediately preceding, and] as when you say, كَأَنَّ اللّٰهَ يَفْعَلُ مَا يَشَآءُ [I know, or rather it appears, as though seen, that God does what He wills]; and [the latter as when you say,] كَأَنَّكَ خَارِجٌ [I think, or rather it seems, that Thou art going forth]. (TA.) b3: [When it has The affixed pronoun of the first person, sing. Or Pl., you say, أَنِّى and أَنَّنِى, and أَنَّا and أَنَّنَا: and When it has also the ك of comparison prefixed to It,] you say, كَأَنِّى and كَأَنَّنِى, [and كَأَنَّا and كَأَنَّنَا,] like as you say, لٰكِنِّى and لٰكِنَّنِى [&c.]. (S.) b4: As أَنَّ is a derivative from إِنَّ, it is correctly asserted by Z that أَنَّمَا imports restriction, like ↓ إِنَّمَا; both of which occur in the saying in the Kur [xxi. 108], يُوحَى إِلَىَّ أَنَّمَا ↓ قُلْ إِنَّمَا

إِلٰهُكُمْ إِلٰهً وَاحِدٌ [Say thou, It is only revealed to me that your God is only one God]: the former is for the restricting of the quality to the qualified; and the latter, for the reverse: (Mughnee, K:) i. e. the former is for the restricting of the revelation to the declaration of the unity; and the latter, for the restricting of “ your God ” to unity: (Marginal note in a copy of the Mughnee:) but these words of the Kur do not imply that nothing save the unity was revealed to the Prophet; for the restriction is limited to the case of the discourse with the believers in a plurality of gods; so that the meaning is, there has not been revealed to me [aught], respecting the godhead, except the unity; not the attribution of any associate to God. (Mughnee.) [أَنَّمَا, however, does not always import restriction; nor does always even ↓ إِنَّمَا: in each of these, ما is what is termed كَافَّةٌ; i. e., it restricts the particle to which it is affixed from exercising any government; and sometimes has no effect upon the signification of that particle: (see art. مَا; and see إِنَّمَا, below, voce إِنَّ:) thus, for instance, in the Kur viii. 28, وَاعْلَمُوا أَنَّمَا

أَمْوَالُكُمْ فِتْنَةً means And know ye that your possessions and your children are a trial; not that they are only a trial. When it has the ك of comparison prefixed to it, it is sometimes contracted; as in the following ex.:] a poet says, كَأَمَّا يَخْتَطِينَ عَشلَى قَتَادٍ

وَيَسْتَضْحِكْنَ عَنْ حَبِّ الغَمَامِ [As though, by reason of their mincing gait, they were walking upon tragacanthas; and they were laughing so as to discover teeth like hailstones: كَأَمَّا being for كَأَنَّمَا. (IAar.) b5: أَنَّ is someTimes contracted into أَنْ; (S, Mughnee;) and in This case, it governs in the manner already exPlained, voce أَنْ. (Mughnee.) b6: It is also syn. with لَعَلَّ; (Sb, S, M, Mughnee, K;) as in the saying, اِيتِ السُّوقَ أَنَّكَ تَشْتَرِى لَنَا شَيْئًا [Come thou to the market; may-be thou wilt buy for us something; اِيتِ being originally اِئْتِ]; i. e. لَعَلَّكَ: (Sb, M, Mughnee, K: *) and, accord. to some, (M, Mughnee, K,) so in the Kur [vi. 109], where it is said, وَمَا يُشْعِرُكُمْ أَنَّهَا إِذَا جَآءَتْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ [And what maketh you to know? (meaning, maketh you to know that they will believe when it cometh? i. e. ye do not know that: Jel:) Maybe, when it cometh, they will not believe]: (S, M, Mughnee, K:) thus accord. to this reading: (Mughnee, K:) and Ubeí here reads لَعَلَّهَا. (S.) أَنَّ and لَأَنَّ and لَوْ أَنَّ are all syn. with عَلَّ and لَعَلَّ; and أَنِّى and أَنَّنِى, and لَأَنِّى and لأَنَّنِى, and لُوْ أَنِّى and لَوْ أَنِّنِى, with عَلِّى and لَعَلِّى. (K voce لَعَلَّ.) b7: It is also syn. with أَجَلْ [Yes, or yea; or it is as thou sayest]. (M, TA.) [See also إِنَّ as exemplified by a verse commencing with وَيَقُلْنَ and by a saying of Ibn-Ez-Zubeyr.]

إِنَّ is one of the particles which annul the quality of the inchoative, like أَنَّ, of which it is the original: (I 'Ak p. 90:) it is a corroborative particle, (I 'Ak, Mughnee,) corroborating the predicate; (S, K;) governing the subject in the accus. case and the predicate in the nom. case; (S, I 'Ak, Mughnee, K;) [and may generally be rendered by Verily, or certainly, or the like; exactly agreeing with the Greek ὃτι, as used in Luke vii. 16 and in many other passages in the New Testament; though it often seems to be nothing more than a sign of inception, which can hardly be rendered at all in English; unless in pronunciation, by laying a stress upon the predicate, or upon the copula;] as in the saying, إِنَّ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ [Verily, or certainly, Zeyd is standing; or simply, Zeyd is standing, if we lay a stress upon standing, or upon is]. (I 'Ak p. 90.) But sometimes it governs both the subject and the predicate in the accus. case; as in the saying, إِذَا اشْتَدَّ جُنْحُ اللَّيْلِ فَلْتَأْتِ وَلْتَكُنٌ خُطَاكَ خِفَافًا إِنَّ حُرَّاسَنَا أُسْدَا [When the darkness of night becomes, or shall become, intense, then do thou come, and let thy steps be light: verily our guardians are lions]; (Mughnee, K; [but in the latter, for اشْتَدَّ, we find اسْوَدَّ, so that the meaning is, when the first portion of the night becomes, or shall become, black, &c.;]) and as in a trad. in which it is said, انَّ قَعْرَ جَهَنَّمَ سَبْعِينَ خَرِيفًا [Verily the bottom of Hell is a distance of seventy years of journeying]: (Mughnee, K:) the verse, however, is explained by the supposition that it presents a denotative of state [in the last word, which is equivalent to شِجْعَانًا or the like], and that the predicate is suppressed, the meaning being, تَلْقَاهُمْ أُسْدًا [thou wilt find them lions]; and the trad. by the supposition that قَعْرَ is an inf. n., and سَبْعِينَ is an adverbial noun, so that the meaning is, the reaching the bottom of hell is [to be accomplished in no less time than] in seventy years. (Mughnee.) And sometimes the inchoative [of a proposition] after it is in the nom. case, and its subject is what is termed ضَمِيرُ شَأْنٍ, suppressed; as in the saying of Mohammad, إِنَّ مِنْ أَشَدِّ النَّاسِ عَذَابًا يَوْمَ القِيٰمَةِ المُصَوِّرُونَ [Verily, (the case is this:) of the men most severely to be punished, on the day of resurrection, are the makers of images], originally إِنَّهُ, i. e. إِنَّ الشَّأْنَ; (Mughnee, K; *) and as in the saying in the Kur [xx. 66], إِنَّ هٰذَانِ لَسَاحِرَانِ, [accord. to some,] as will be seen in what follows. (TA.) b2: Of the two particles إِنَّ and ↓ أَنَّ, in certain cases only the former may be used; and in certain other cases either of them may be used. (I' Ak p. 91.) The former must be used when it occurs inceptively, (Kh, T, I' Ak p. 92, Mughnee, K,) having nothing before it upon which it is syntactically dependent, (Kh, T,) with respect to the wording or the meaning; (K;) as in إِنَّ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ [Verily Zeyd is standing]. (I' Ak, K.) It is used after أَلَا, (I' Ak, K,) the inceptive particle, (I' Ak,) or the particle which is employed to give notice [of something about to be said]; (K;) as in أَلَا إِنَّ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ [Now surely Zeyd is standing]. (I' Ak K.) And when it occurs at the commencement of the complement of a conjunct noun; (I' Ak, K; *) as in جَآءَ الَّذِى إِنَّهُ قَائِمٌ [He who is standing came]; (I' Ak;) and in the Kur [xxviii. 76], وَآتَيْنَاهُ مِنَ الْكُنُورِ مَا إِنَّ مَفَاتِحَهُ لَتَــنُوْءُ بِالْعُصْبَةِ أُولِى

القُوَّةِ [And we gave him, of treasures, that whereof the keys would weigh down the company of men possessed of strength]. (I' Ak, * K, * TA.) And in the complement of an oath, (I' Ak, K,) when its predicate has لَ, (I' Ak,) or whether its subject or its predicate has لَ or has it not; (K;) as in وَاللّٰهِ إِنَّ زَيْدًا لَقَائِمٌ [By Allah, verily Zeyd is standing], (I' Ak,) and إِنَّهُ قَائِمٌ: or, as some say, when you do not employ the ل, the particle is with fet-h; as in قَائِمٌ ↓ وَاللّٰهِ أَنَّكَ [I swear by Allah that thou art standing]; mentioned by Ks as thus heard by him from the Arabs: (TA:) but respecting this case we shall have to speak hereafter. (I' Ak.) And when it occurs after the word قَوْلٌ or a derivative thereof, in repeating the saying to which that word relates; (Fr, T, I' Ak, * K; *) as in the saying [in the Kur iv. 156], وَقَوْلِهِمْ إِنَّا قَتَلْنَا الْمَسِيحَ [And their saying, Verily we have slain the Messiah]; (Fr, T;) and قُلْتُ

إِنَّ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ [I said, Verily Zeyd is standing]; (I' Ak;) and [in the Kur v. 115,] قَالَ اللّٰهُ إِنّى

مُنّزِّلُهَا عَلَيْكُمْ [God said, Verily I will cause it to descend unto you]; accord. to the dial. of him who does not pronounce it with fet-h: (K:) but when it occurs in explaining what is said, you use ↓ أَنَّ; as in the saying, قَدْ قُلْتُ لَكَ كَلَامًا حَسَنًا

أَنَّ أَبَاكَ شَرِيفٌ وَأَنَّكَ عَاقِلٌ [I have said to thee a good saying; that thy father is noble and that thou art intelligent]; (Fr, T;) or when the word signifying “ saying ” is used as meaning “ thinking; ” as in أَتَقُولُ أَنَّ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ [Dost thou say that Zeyd is standing?], meaning أَتَظُنُّ [Dost thou think?]. (I' Ak.) Also, when it occurs in a phrase denotative of state; (I' Ak;) [i. e.,] after the و denotative of state; (K;) as in زُرْتُهُ وَإِنِّى

ذُوأَمَلٍ [I visited him, I verily having hope, or expectation]; (I' Ak;) and in جَآءَ زِيْدٌ وَ إِنَّ يَدَهُ عَلَى رَأْسِهِ [Zeyd came, he verily having his hand upon his head]. (K.) And when it occurs in a phrase which is the predicate of a proper (as opposed to an ideal) substantive; (I' Ak, K; *) as in زَيْدٌ إِنَّهُ قَائِمٌ [Zeyd, verily he is standing], (I' Ak,) or ذَاهِبٌ [going away]; contr. to the assertion of Fr. (K.) And when it occurs before the ل which suspends the grammatical government of a verb of the mind, preceding it, with respect to its objective complements; (I' Ak, K; *) as in عَلِمْتُ إِنَّ زَيْدًا لَقَائِمٌ [I knew Zeyd verily was standing]; (I' Ak;) and in [the Kur lxiii. 1,] وَاللّٰهُ يَعْلَمُ إِنَّكَ لَرَسُولُهُ [And God knoweth thou verily art his apostle]: (K:) but if the ل is not in its predicate, you say, ↓ أَنَّ; as in عَلِمْتُ أَنَّ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ [I knew that Zeyd was standing]. (I' Ak.) And in the like of the saying in the Kur [ii. 171], وَإِنَّ الَّذِينَ اخْتَلَفُوا فِى الْكِتَابِ لَفِى شَقَاقٍ

بَعِيدٍ [And verily they who differ among themselves respecting the book are in an opposition remote from the truth]; because of the ل [of inception] which occurs after it, in لَفِى: (Ks, A 'Obeyd:) the ل of inception which occurs before the predicate of إِنَّ should properly commence the sentence; so that إِنَّ زَيْدًا لَقَائِمٌ [Verily Zeyd is standing] should properly be لَإِنَّ زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ; but as the ل is a corroborative and إِنَّ is a corroborative, they dislike putting two particles of the same meaning together, and therefore they put the ل later, transferring it to the predicate: Mbr allows its being put before the predicate of ↓ أَنَّ; and thus it occurs in an unusual reading of the saying [in the Kur xxv. 22], إِلَّا أَنَّهُمْ لَيَأْكُلُونَ الطَّعَامَ [But they ate food]; but this is explained by the supposition that the ل is here redundant: (I' Ak p. 95:) this is the reading of Sa'eed Ibn-Jubeyr: others read, إِلَّا إِنَّهُمْ لَيَأْكُلُنَ الطَّعَامَ [but verily they ate food]: and إِنَّ [as well as ↓ أَنَّ] is used after the exceptive إِلَّا when it is not followed by the ل [of inception]. (TA.) Also, When it occurs after حَيْثُ; as in اِجْلِسْ حَيْثُ إِنَّ زَيْدًا جَالِسٌ [Sit thou where Zeyd is sitting]. (I' Ak p. 92, and k) And after حَتَّى; as in مَرِضَ زَيْدٌ حَتَّى إِنَّهُمْ لَا يَرْجُونَهُ [Zeyd has fallen sick, so that verily they have no hope for him: whereas after a particle governing the gen. case, [i. e. a preposition,] you say, ↓ أَنَّ. (IHsh in De Sacy's Anthol. Gr. Ar. P. 76.) b3: Either of these two forms may be used after إِذَا denoting a thing's happening suddenly, or unexpectedly; as in خَرَجْتُ فَإِذَا إِنَّ زَيْدًاقَائِمٌ [I went forth, and lo, verily Zeyd was standing], and زَيْدًا قَائِمٌ ↓ فَإِذَا أَنَّ [and lo, or at that present time, Zeyd's standing]; in which latter case, أَنَّ with its complement is [properly] an inchoative, and its enunciative is إِذَا; the implied meaning being, and at that present time was the standing of Zeyd: or it may be that the enunciative is suppressed, and that the implied meaning is, [and lo, or at that present time,] the standing of Zeyd was an event come to pass. (I' Ak p. 93.) Also, when occurring in the complement of an oath, if its enunciative is without ل: (I' Ak:) [see exs. given above:] or, as some say, only ↓ أَنَّ is used in this case. (TA.) Also, when occurring after فَ denoting the complement of a condition; as in مَنْ يَأْتِنِى فَإِنَّهُ مُكْرَمٌ [He who cometh to me, verily he shall be treated with honour], and مُكْرَمٌ ↓ أَنَّهُ; in which latter case, أَنَّ with its complement is an inchoative, and the enunciative is suppressed; the implied meaning being, honourable treatment of him shall be an event come to pass: or it may be an enunciative to an inchoative suppressed; the implied meaning being, his recompense shall be honourable treatment. (I' Ak p. 94.) Also, when occurring after an inchoative having the meaning of a saying, its enunciative being a saying, and the sayer being one; as in خَيْرُ القَوْلِ إِنّى أَحْمَدُ [The best saying is, Verily I praise God], and أَحْمَدُ ↓ أَنِّى; in which latter case, أَنَّ with its complement is an enunciative of خَيْرُ; the implied meaning being, the best saying is the praising of God [or my praising of God]. (I' Ak ubi suprà.) You also say, لَبَّيْكَ إِنَّ الحَمْدَلَكَ [At thy service !

Verily praise belongeth to Thee! O God]; commencing [with إِنَّ] a new proposition: and sometimes one says, ↓ أَنَّ; meaning بِأَنَّ الحَمْدَ لَكَ [because praise belongeth to Thee]. (Msb.) b4: The cases in which إِن may not be used in the place of أَنَّ have been mentioned above, voce أَنَّ. b5: [When it has the affixed pronoun of the first person, sing. or pl.,] you say, إِنِّى and إِنَّنِى, (S,) and إِنَّا and إِنَّنَا, (TA,) like as you say لٰكِنِّى and لٰكِنِّنِى [&c.]. (S.) إِنَّ as a contraction of إِنَّ أَنَا has been mentioned above, as occurring in the phrase إِنَّ قَائِمٌ, voce إِنْ, q. v. b6: Accord. to the grammarians, (T,) إِنَّمَا is a compound of إِنَّ and مَا, (T, S,) which latter prevents the former's having any government: (T:) it imports restriction; like أَنَّمَا, which see above, voce أَنَّ, in three places: (Mughnee, K:) [i. e.] it imports the restriction of that which it precedes to that which follows it; as in إِنَّمَا زَيْدٌ مُنْطَلِقٌ [Zeyd is only going away], and إِنَّمَا يَنْطَلِقُ زَيْدٌ [Only Zeyd goes away]: (Bd in ii. 10:) [in other words,] it is used to particularize, or specify, or distinguish a thing from other things: (S:) it affirms a thing in relation to that which is mentioned after it, and denies it in relation to other things; (T, S;) as in the saying in the Kur [ix. 60], إِنَّمَا الصَّدَقَاتُ لِلْفُقَرَآءِ [The contributions levied for pious uses are only, or but, for the poor]: (S:) but El-Ámidee and AHei say that it does not import restriction, but only corroboration of an affirmation, because it is a compound of the corroborative إِنَّ and the redundant مَا which restrains the former from exercising government, and that it has no application to denote negation implied in restriction, as is shown by the trad., إِنَّمَا الِّرِبَا فِى

النَّسِيْئَةِ [which must mean, Verily usury is in the delay of payment], for usury is in other things beside that here mentioned, as رِبَا الفضْلِ [or profit obtained by the superior value of a thing received over that of a thing given], by common consent: (Kull p. 76:) some say that it necessarily imports restriction: J says what has been cited above from the S: some say that it has an overt signification in denoting restriction, and is susceptible of the meaning of corroboration: some say the reverse of this: El-Ámidee says that if it were [properly] restrictive, its occurrence in another sense would be at variance with the original import; but to this it may be replied, that if it were [properly] corroborative, its occurrence in another sense would be at variance with the original import: it [therefore] seems that it is susceptible of both these meanings, bearing one or the other according as this or that suits the place. (Msb.) إِنَّمَا is to be distinguished from إِنَّ with the conjunct [noun] مَا, which does not restrain it from governing [though its government with this is not apparent, and which is written separately]; as in إِنَّ مَا عِنْكَ حَسَنٌ meaning Verily what is with thee is good, and in إِنَّ مَا فَعَلْتَ حَسَنٌ meaning Verily thy deed is good. (I' Ak pp. 97 and 98.) b7: إِنَّ is sometimes contracted into إِنٌ; (S, Mughnee, K;) and in this case, it is made to govern and is made to have no government: (S:) it is seldom made to govern in this case; often made to have no government: the Koofees say that it is not contracted; (Mughnee, K;) and that when one says, إِنْ زَيْدٌ لَمُنْطَلِقٌ [the meaning is virtually Verily Zeyd is going away, but] إِنٌ is a negative and the ل is syn. with إِلّا; but this assertion is refuted by the fact that some make it to govern when contracted, as in exs. cited above, voce إِنْ, q. v. (Mughnee.) b8: It is also syn. with نَعَمٌ [Even so; yes; yea]; (Mughnee, K;) contr. to the opinion of AO. (Mughnee.) [See also أَنَّ, last sentence.] Those who affirm it to have this meaning cite as an ex. the following verse (Mughnee, K *) of 'Obeyd-Allah Ibn-Keys-er-Rukeiyát: (S, * TA:) كَ وَقَدْ كَبِرْتَ فَقُلْتُ إِنَّهْ وَيَقُلْنَ شَيْبٌ قَدْ عَلَا [And they say, (namely, the women,) Hoariness hath come upon thee, and thou hast become old: and I say, Even so, or yes, or yea]: (Mughnee, K:) but this has been rebutted by the saying, We do not concede that the ه is here added to denote the pause, but assert that it is a pronoun, governed by إِنَّ in the accus. case, and the predicate is suppressed; the meaning being, إِنَّهُ كَذٰلِكَ [Verily it, i. e. the case, is thus]. (Mughnee.) [J says,] The meaning is, إنَّهُ قَدْ كَانَ كَمَا تَقُلْنَ [Verily it, i. e. the case, hath been as ye say]: A 'Obeyd says, This is a curtailment of the speech of the Arabs; the pronoun being deemed sufficient because the meaning is known: and as to the saying of Akh, that it signifies نَعَمْ, he only means thereby that it may be so rendered, not that it is originally applied to that signification: he says that the ه is here added to denote the pause. (S.) There is, however, a good ex. of إِنَّ in the sense of نَعَمْ in the saying of Ibn-Ez-Zubeyr, to him who said to him, “May God curse a she camel which carried me to thee,”

إِنَّ وَرَاكِبَهَا, i. e. Even so, or yes, or yea; and may God curse her rider: for the suppression of both the subject and the predicate is not allowable. (Mughnee.) And hence, accord. to Mbr, the saying in the Kur [xx. 66], as thus read, إِنَّ هٰذانِ لَسَاحِرَانِ [meaning, if so, Yes, these two are enchanters]. (Mughnee.) [But this phrase has given rise to much discussion, related in the Mughnee and other works. The following is a brief abstract of what has been said respecting it by several of the leading authorities.] A booIs-hák says that the people of El-Medeeneh and El-Koofeh read as above, except 'Ásim, who is reported to have read, إِنٌ هٰذَانِ, without tesh-deed, and so is Kh; [so too is Hafs, as is said above, voce إِنْ;] and that AA read إِنَّ هٰذيْنِ, the former word with teshdeed, and the latter in the accus. case: that the argument for إِنَّ هٰذَانِ, with teshdeed and the nom. case, [or rather what is identical in form with the nom. case,] is, that it is of the dial. of Kináneh, in which the dual is formed by the termination ان in the nom. and accus. and gen. cases alike, as also in the dial. of Benu-l-Hárith Ibn-Kaab: but that the old grammarians say that ه is here suppressed; the meaning being, إِنَّهُ هٰذَانِ: (T:) this last assertion, however, is weak; for what is applied to the purpose of corroboration should not be suppressed, and the instances of its suppression which have been heard are deviations from general usage, except in the case of أَنَّ, with fet-h, contracted into أَنْ: (Mughnee:) Aboo-Is-hák then adds, that some say, إِنَّ is here syn. with نَعَمْ: this last opinion he holds to be the best; the meaning being, نَعَمْ هٰذَانِ لَهُمَا سَاحِرَانِ [Yes, these two, verily they are two enchanters: for this is not a case in which the ل (which is the ل of inception) can be regarded as transferred from its proper place, at the commencement of the sentence or proposition, as it is in some instances mentioned in the former half of this paragraph: but it is said in the Mughnee that this explanation is invalidated by the fact that the combining of the corroborative ل and the suppression of the inchoative is like the combining of two things inconsistent, or incompatible; as is also the opinion that the ل is redundant, because the redundant ل prefixed to the enunciative is peculiar to poetry]: next in point of goodness, in the opinion of A booIs-hák, is, that it is of the dial. of Kináneh and Benu-l-Hárith Ibn-Kaab: the reading of AA he does not allow, because it is at variance with the written text: but he approves the reading of 'Ásim and Kh. (T.) A2: إِنَّ also occurs as a verb: it is the third person pl. fem. of the pret. from الأَيْنُ, syn. with التَّعَبُ; or from آنَ syn. with قَرُبَ: or the third person sing. masc. of the pret. passive from الأَنيِنُ, in the dial. of those who, for رُدَّ and حُبَّ, say رِدَّ and حِبَّ, likening these verbs to قِيلَ and بِيعَ: or the sing. masc. of the imperative from the same: or the pl. fem. of the imperative from الأَيْنُ; or from آنَ syn. with قَرُبَ: or the sing. fem. of the corroborated form of the imperative from وَأَى, syn. with وَعَدَ. (Mughnee.) أَنَا, signifying I: see أَنْ, in seven places.

أَنَهٌ, signifying I: see أَنْ, in two places.

أَنَّةٌ i. q. أَنِينٌ [inf. n. of أَنَّ, but app. a simple subst., signifying A moan, moaning, or prolonged voice of complaint; or a saying Ah: or a complaint: or a cry]. (TA.) أَنْتَ, signifying Thou: fem. أَنْتِ; dual أَنْتُمَا; pl. masc. أَنْتُمْ, and pl. fem. أَنْتُنَّ: see أَنْ, in six places.

أُنَنَةٌ see أَنَّانٌ

أُنَانٌ see أَنَّانٌ

أَنَّانٌ One who moans; who utters a moaning, or prolonged voice of complaint; or who says Ah; much, or frequently; as also ↓ أُنَانٌ and ↓ أُنَنَةٌ: (M, K:) or this last signifies one who publishes complaint, or makes it public, much, or frequently: (M:) or one who talks and grieves and complains much, or frequently; and it has no verb derived from it: (T:) and you say, رَجُلٌ أُنَنَةٌ قُنَنَةٌ, [in which the latter epithet is app. an imitative sequent to the former,] meaning an eloquent man. (TA.) The fem. of أَنَّانٌ is with ة: (M, K:) and is said to be applied to a woman who moans, or says Ah, and is affected with compassion, for a dead husband, on seeing another whom she has married after the former. (MF.) [See also حَنَّانَةٌ, voce حَنَّانٌ.]

آنَ, signifying I: see أَنْ, in two places.

آنٌّ part. n. of أَنَّ, [Moaning; or uttering a moan or moaning or a prolonged voice of complaint; or saying Ah; by reason of pain: complaining by reason of disease or pain: or] uttering a cry or cries: fem. with ة. (Msb.) [Hence,] you say, مَا لَهُ حَانَّةٌ وَلَا آنَّةٌ He has not a she camel nor a sheep, or goat: (S, M, A, K:) or he has not a she camel nor a female slave (M, K) that moans by reason of fatigue. (M.) مَئِنَّةٌ, occurring in a trad., (S, Mgh, K, &c., in the first and last in art. مأن, and in the second in the present art.,) where it is said, إِنَّ طُولَ الصَّلَاةِ وَقِصَرَ الخُطْبَةِ مَئِنَّةٌ مِنْ فِقْهِ الرَّجُلِ, (S, Mgh, TA, &c.,) is of the measure مَفعِلَةٌ وَقِصَرَ الخُطْبَةِ مَئِنَّةٌ مِنْ فِقْهِ الرَّجُلِ, [originally مَأْنِنَةٌ,] from إِنَّ, (S, Z in the Fáïk, IAth, Mgh, K,) the corroborative particle; (Z, IAth, Mgh;) like مَعْسَاةٌ from عَسَى; (S, K;) but not regularly derived from إِنَّ, because a word may not be so derived from a particle; or it may be said that this is so derived after the particle has been made a noun; (Z, IAth;) or neither of these modes of derivation is regular: (MF:) the meaning is, [Verily the longness of the prayer and the shortness of the oration from the pulpit are (together)] a proper ground for one's saying, Verily the man is a person of knowledge or intelligence: (Z, * Mgh, K in art. مأن:) this is the proper signification: accord. to AO, the meaning is, a thing whereby one learns the knowledge, or intelligence, of the man: (Mgh:) or it means a thing suitable to, (S, Mgh,) and whereby one knows, (S,) the knowledge, or intelligence, of the man: (S, Mgh:) or a sign (As, S, K) of the knowledge, or intelligence, of the man; and suitable thereto: (As, S:) or an evidence thereof: (M:) or an indication, or a symptom, thereof; everything that indicates a thing being said to be مَئِنَّةٌ لَهُ: [so that مَئِنَّةٌ لِكَذَا may be well rendered a thing that occasions one's knowing, or inferring, or suspecting, such a thing; and in like manner, a person that occasions one's doing so: or, more properly, a thing, &c., in which such a thing is usually known to take place, or have place, or be, or exist, like مَظِنَّةٌ:] one of the strangest of the things said of it is, that the ء is a substitute for the ظ of مَظِنَّةٌ: (IAth:) this seems to have been the opinion of Lh: (Az, L:) accord. to AA, it is syn. with آيَةٌ [a sign, &c.]. (TA.) As says (S, * K, TA, all in art. مأن) that the word is thus, with teshdeed to the ن, in the trad. and in a verse of poetry, as these are related; (S, TA;) but correctly, in his opinion, it should be مَئِينَةٌ of the measure فَعِيلَةٌ, (S, K, * TA,) unless it be from إِنَّ, as first stated above: (S, TA:) Az used to say that it is مَئِتَّةٌ, with ت, (S, K, * TA,) meaning a thing (lit. a place) meet, fit, or proper, or worthy or deserving, and the like; of the measure مَفْعِلَةٌ, [originally مَأْتِتَةٌ,] from أَتَّهُ meaning “he overcame him with an argument or the like:” (S, K, TA:) but some say that it is of the measure فَعِلَّةٌ, from مَأَنَ meaning اِحْتَمَلَ: see art. مأن. (K in that art.) You say also, هُوَ مَئِنَّةٌ لِلْخَيْرِ, from إِنَّ, He is a person fit, or proper, for one's saying of him, Verily he is good; and in like manner, مَعْسَاةٌ, from عَسَى, as meaning “a person fit, or proper, for one's saying of him, May-be he will do good.” (A, TA.) And إِنَّهُ لَمَئِنَّةٌ أَنْ يَكُونَ كَذَا Verily it is meet, fit, or proper, for one's saying of it, Verily it is thus; or is worthy, or deserving, of one's saying &c.: or verily it is a thing meet, fit, or proper, for one's saying &c.; or is a thing worthy, or deserving, of one's saying &c.: of the measure مَفْعِلَةٌ, from إِنَّ. (K in the present art.) and إِنَّهُ لَمَئِنَّةٌ أَنْ يَفْعَلَ ذَاكَ Verily he is meet, fit, or proper, for doing that; or is worthy, or deserving, of doing that: or verily he is a person meet, fit, or proper, for doing that; or is a person worthy, or deserving, of doing that: and in like manner you say of two, and of more, and of a female: but مَئِنَّةٌ may be of the measure فَعِلَّةٌ [from مأن], i. e. a triliteral-radical word. (M.) b2: You also say, أَتَاهُ عَلَي مَئنَّة ذَاكَ, meaning He came to him at the time, or season, [or fit or proper time,] of that; and at the first thereof. (M.)
[ان] ك ق: فهل لها أجر "إن" تصدقت بكسر همزة وفتحها. وإن تذر ورثتك مثله، وعلى الكسر فخير خبر مبتدأ محذوف. ولا أزكى على الله "أن" كان يعلم، أن متعلق بليقل، ويتم في قاف. ن: "أن" تبذل الفضل أي الفاضل عن الحاجة بفتح همزة. و"أن" يك من عند الله يمضه، هذا إن كان قبل النبوة فلا إشكال في الشك، وإن كان بعدها فالشك باعتبار أنها على ظاهرها أم تحتاج إلى تعبير وصرفأن مصدرية، والهمزة للإنكار ويقدر المضاف أي لا أملك دفع نزع الله، ويروى بكسر أن فجوابه محذوف أي لا أملك دفعه.

الْعصبَة

(الْعصبَة) شَجَرَة اللبلاب (ج) عصب

(الْعصبَة) الْجَمَاعَة من النَّاس أَو الْخَيل أَو الطير وَفِي التَّنْزِيل الْعَزِيز {وَآتَيْنَاهُ من الْكُنُوز مَا إِن مفاتحه لتــنوء بالعصبة أولي الْقُوَّة} (ج) عصب وشجرة اللبلاب (ج) عصب

(الْعصبَة) الْعصبَة وَوَاحِدَة العصب وعصبة الرجل بنوه وقرابته لِأَبِيهِ أَو قومه الَّذين يتعصبون لَهُ وينصرونه (للْوَاحِد وَالْجمع) و (فِي الْفَرَائِض) من لَيست لَهُ فَرِيضَة مُسَمَّاة فِي الْمِيرَاث وَإِنَّمَا يَأْخُذ مَا أبقى ذَوُو الْفُرُوض
الْعصبَة: الَّتِي هِيَ جمع العاصب كطلبة وفجرة وظلمة جمع طَالب وَفَاجِر وظالم فالعصبات جمع الْجمع ومصدرها الْعُصُوبَة - وعصبة الرجل بنوه.
وَفِي جَامع الرموز ذُكُور يتصلون بَاب - وَقَالَ المطرزي إِنَّهَا تقال للغلبة على الْوَاحِد وَالْجمع والمذكر والمؤنث انْتهى - وَقَالَ السَّيِّد السَّنَد الشريف الشريف قدس سره وَكَأَنَّهَا جمع عاصب وَإِن لم يسمع بِهِ أَي بِكَوْنِهَا جمع عاصب انْتهى. أَقُول الظَّاهِر أَن ضمير كَأَنَّهَا رَاجع إِلَى الْعصبَة فَحِينَئِذٍ لَا معنى لقَوْله وَإِن لم يسمع بِهِ لما عرفت أَن فعلة جمع فَاعل شَائِع ذائع كطلبة جمع طَالب وَغير ذَلِك وَإِن كَانَ رَاجعا إِلَى الْعَصَبَات فمستبعد جدا لِأَنَّهُ لم يقل أحد بِأَن الْعَصَبَات جمع عاصب وَيُمكن أَن يُقَال إِن ضمير كَأَنَّهَا رَاجع إِلَى الْعصبَة وَضمير بِهِ إِلَى العاصب وَمعنى وَإِن لم يسمع العاصب وَإِن لم يعرف وَلم يُوجد اسْتِعْمَاله فِي محاوراتهم وَإِنَّمَا أَتَى قدس سره بِكَلِمَة الشَّك لفتور الجمعية فِي الْعصبَة لصِحَّة إِطْلَاقهَا على الْوَاحِد وَالْجمع وَالْمَذْكُور والمؤنث حَتَّى صَارَت كَأَنَّهَا اسْم جنس وَهَذَا عِنْدِي وَلَعَلَّ عِنْد غَيْرِي أحسن من هَذَا.
ثمَّ اعْلَم أَن الْعصبَة فِي الِاصْطِلَاح كل من يَأْخُذ من التَّرِكَة مَا أبقاه من هُوَ من أَصْحَاب الْفَرَائِض وَاحِدًا كَانَ أَو كثيرا وَعند انْفِرَاده عَن غَيره فِي الوراثة يحرز جَمِيع المَال بِجِهَة الْعُصُوبَة - فَإِن صَاحب الْفَرْض إِذا خلا عَن الْعُصُوبَة يحرز جَمِيع المَال أَيْضا لَكِن لبَعض المَال بالفرضية وللباقي بِالرَّدِّ لأكله من جِهَة الْعُصُوبَة. قيل التَّعْرِيف لَيْسَ بِجَامِع لِأَن الاخوات مَعَ الْبَنَات عصبات وَلَا يصدق عَلَيْهَا إِنَّهَا عِنْد الِانْفِرَاد تحرز جَمِيع المَال بِجِهَة الْعُصُوبَة وَأجِيب بِأَن التَّعْرِيف لنَوْع الْعصبَة أَعنِي الْعصبَة بِالنَّفسِ لَا للْعصبَةِ مُطلقًا أَقُول إِن التَّعْرِيف الْمَذْكُور لمُطلق الْعصبَة وَقَوْلنَا يحرز جَمِيع المَال بِجِهَة الْعُصُوبَة مشْعر بِاشْتِرَاط وصف الْعُصُوبَة عِنْد الِانْفِرَاد وَلَا شكّ أَن من كَانَ عِنْد الِانْفِرَاد بَاقِيا على وصف الْعُصُوبَة يكون محرزا لجَمِيع المَال وَالْأَخَوَات عِنْد الِانْفِرَاد صَاحِبَة فرض لَا عصبات وَلَكِن لَا يخفى على المتنبه أَن فِي هَذَا الْجَواب شوب الدّور لَا بل فِي تَقْيِيد الْإِحْرَاز بقولنَا بِجِهَة الْعُصُوبَة - وَالسَّيِّد السَّنَد قدس سره فِي شرح السِّرَاجِيَّة قيد الْإِحْرَاز بِجَمِيعِ المَال بقوله بِجِهَة وَاحِدَة، لَا بقولنَا بِجِهَة الْعُصُوبَة تحاشيا عَن الشوب الْمَذْكُور وَلَكِن النَّاظر ينظر إِلَيْهِ من وَرَاء الْحجاب لِأَن المُرَاد بالجهة الْوَاحِدَة لَيْسَ إِلَّا جِهَة الْعُصُوبَة وَأَنت تعلم أَنه لَا يضر لِأَن الْأَحْكَام تَتَفَاوَت بتفاوت العنوان. ثمَّ فرع قدس سره على ذَلِك التَّقْيِيد عدم وُرُود الِاعْتِرَاض على منع التَّعْرِيف بالبنت مثلا إِذا كَانَت مُنْفَرِدَة ثمَّ اعْترض على جمعه بالأخوات مَعَ الْبَنَات فَأجَاب بتخصيص الْمُعَرّف بالعصبة بِالنَّفسِ لَا بِمَا ذكرنَا من اشْتِرَاط بَقَاء وصف الْعُصُوبَة. ثمَّ اعْترض على الْجَواب بقوله ويخدشه أَنه إِذا خص الخ. أَقُول لَا يبعد أَن يُقَال إِن الْمُعَرّف عَام وَالْوَاو فِي قَوْله وَعدم الِانْفِرَاد بِمَعْنى أَو لمانعة الْجمع وَحِينَئِذٍ لَا يرد الِاعْتِرَاض على جمعه وَلَا الخدشة الْمَذْكُورَة كَمَا لَا يخفى على من تحلى بالإنصاف وتخلى عَن التعصف والاعتساف، ثمَّ الْعصبَة على نَوْعَيْنِ عصبَة من جِهَة النّسَب وعصبة من جِهَة السَّبَب أما 
الْعصبَة من جِهَة النّسَب: فَهُوَ من كَانَ عصوبته وقرابته بِالْولادَةِ والعصبات النسبية مؤخرة عَن أَصْحَاب الْفَرَائِض مُقَدّمَة على الْعَصَبَات السَّبَبِيَّة وَأما
الْعصبَة من جِهَة السَّبَب: فَهُوَ مولى الْعتَاقَة أَي مُعتق الْمَيِّت وعصباته النسبية وعصباته السَّبَبِيَّة أَعنِي مُعتق مُعتق وَهَكَذَا وَالْمرَاد بعصباته النسبية مَا هُوَ عصبَة بِنَفسِهِ فَقَط وَهِي ذُكُور لَا غير كَمَا ستقف عَلَيْهِ لقَوْله - صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّم َ - لَيْسَ للنِّسَاء من الْوَلَاء إِلَّا مَا أعتقن الخ. وَفِي (الْأَشْبَاه والنظائر) فِي كتاب الْفَرَائِض ذكر الزَّيْلَعِيّ فِي آخر كتاب الْوَلَاء أَن بنت الْمُعْتق تَرث الْمُعْتق فِي زَمَاننَا وَكَذَا مَا فضل بعد فرض أحد الزَّوْجَيْنِ يرد عَلَيْهِ بِنَاء على أَنه لَيْسَ فِي زَمَاننَا بَيت مَال لأَنهم لَا يضعونه مَوْضِعه وَإِنَّمَا تحقق الْعُصُوبَة والقرابة والوراثة بِسَبَب الْعتْق بَين مولى الْعتَاقَة ومعتقه لقَوْله عَلَيْهِ الصَّلَاة وَالسَّلَام الْوَلَاء لحْمَة كلحمة النّسَب وَالْمرَاد بِالْوَلَاءِ الْعتْق أَو الْإِعْتَاق من قبيل ذكر الْمُسَبّب وَإِرَادَة السَّبَب وَفِيه اخْتِلَاف قَالَ الْبَعْض الْإِعْتَاق وَالأَصَح أَنه الْعتْق كَمَا ستعرف فِي الْوَلَاء إِن شَاءَ الله تَعَالَى واللحمة بِالضَّمِّ الْقَرَابَة والاختلاط يَعْنِي الْإِعْتَاق قرَابَة واختلاط أَي سببهما كالقرابة والاختلاط اللَّذين بِالنّسَبِ وَالْوَلَاء فِي الشَّرِيعَة. وَمعنى ذَلِك أَن الْحُرِّيَّة حَيَاة للْإنْسَان إِذْ بهَا يثبت لَهُ صفة الْمَالِكِيَّة الَّتِي امتاز بهَا عَن سَائِر مَا عداهُ من الْحَيَوَانَات والجمادات والرقية تلف وهلاك فالمعتق سَبَب لَا حَيَاء الْمُعْتق كَمَا أَن الْأَب سَبَب لإيجاد الْوَلَد فَكَمَا أَن الْوَلَد يصير مَنْسُوبا إِلَى أَبِيه بِالنّسَبِ وَإِلَى أقربائه بالتبعية كَذَلِك الْمُعْتق يصير مَنْسُوبا إِلَى مُعْتقه بِالْوَلَاءِ وَإِلَى عصبته بالتبعية فَكَمَا يثبت الْإِرْث بِالنّسَبِ كَذَلِك يثبت بِالْوَلَاءِ انْتهى.

والعصبات النسبية ثَلَاثَة:
الْعصبَة بِنَفسِهِ: وَهُوَ كل ذكر لَا يكون مدَار نسبته إِلَى الْمَيِّت أُنْثَى بِأَن لَا يكون بَينهمَا وَاسِطَة اسْتِحْقَاق الْإِرْث إِلَّا أُنْثَى فَإِن من كَانَ مدَار نسبته أُنْثَى لَيْسَ بعصبة كالأخ لأم وكأب الْأُم وَابْن الْبِنْت فَإِن الأول من أَصْحَاب الْفَرَائِض والأخيران من ذَوي الْأَرْحَام. فَلَا يردان الْأَخ لأَب وَأم عصبَة بِنَفسِهِ مَعَ أَن الْأُم دَاخِلَة فِي نسبته إِلَى الْمَيِّت لَكِن لَيْسَ مدَار اسْتِحْقَاق الْإِرْث بالعصوبة عَلَيْهَا فَإِن قرَابَة الْأَب بانفرادها أصل فِي اسْتِحْقَاق الْعُصُوبَة وكافية بِنَفسِهَا فِي إِثْبَاتهَا بِخِلَاف قرَابَة الْأُم أَلا ترى أَن الْأَخ لأَب عصبَة دون الْأَخ لأم. وَالثَّانِي:
الْعصبَة بِغَيْرِهِ: وَهن اللَّاتِي فرضهن النّصْف وَالثُّلُثَانِ يصرن عصبَة بإخوتهن وَالَّتِي لَا فرض لَهَا وأخوها عصبَة لَا تصير عصبَة بأخيها أَلا ترى أَن الْعمة لَا تصير عصبَة بالعم الَّذِي هُوَ أَخُوهَا مَعَ أَنه عصبَة وَهِي من ذَوي الْأَرْحَام فحين اجْتِمَاعهمَا كَانَ المَال كُله للعم دونهَا. وَالثَّالِث:
الْعصبَة مَعَ غَيره: وَهِي كل أُنْثَى تصير عصبَة بِشَرْط اجتماعها ومقارنتها مَعَ أُنْثَى أُخْرَى لَيست بعصبة كالأخت لأَب وَأم أَو لأَب إِذا كَانَت مَعَ الْبِنْت صلبية أَو بنت ابْن وَاحِدَة أَو أَكثر تصير عصبَة وَالْبِنْت على حَالهَا صَاحِبَة فرض فَالْمَال بَينهمَا نِصْفَانِ النّصْف للْبِنْت بالفرضية وَالْبَاقِي للْأُخْت بالعصوبة.
فَإِن قلت مَا الْفرق بَين الْعصبَة بِالْغَيْر والعصبة مَعَ الْغَيْر. قُلْنَا، إِن الْغَيْر فِي الأول عصبَة شريك للْعصبَةِ فِي الْعُصُوبَة بل هُوَ عصبَة بِنَفسِهِ تسري عصوبته إِلَى الْأُنْثَى الَّتِي هِيَ ملصقة بِهِ فَتَصِير عصبَة بِهِ بِخِلَاف الْغَيْر فِي الثَّانِي فَإِن الْغَيْر فِيهِ لَيْسَ بعصبة أصلا بل يكون عصوبة تِلْكَ الْعصبَة مجامعة ومقارنة لذَلِك الْغَيْر الَّذِي لَيْسَ بعصبة ومشروطة بِتِلْكَ المجامعة كَمَا أَشَرنَا إِلَيْهِ.
وَاعْلَم أَن هَذَا الْفرق مَبْنِيّ على الْفرق بَين الْبَاء وَمَعَ، فَعَلَيْك أَن تعلم الْفرق بَينهمَا بِأَن الْبَاء للإلصاق وَمَعَ للقران والإلصاق بَين الملصق والملصق بِهِ لَا يتَحَقَّق إِلَّا عِنْد مشاركتهما فِي حكم الملصقية فتكونان مشاركتين فِي حكم الْعُصُوبَة بِخِلَاف كلمة مَعَ فَإِنَّهَا للقران وَالْقُرْآن يتَحَقَّق بَين الشَّيْئَيْنِ بِغَيْر مُشَاركَة فِي الحكم كَقَوْلِه تَعَالَى {وَجَعَلنَا مَعَه أَخَاهُ هَارُون وزيرا} . وَاعْلَم أَنه لَو اجْتمعت الْعَصَبَات بَعْضهَا عصبَة بِنَفسِهَا وَبَعضهَا مَعَ غَيرهَا فالترجيح فِيهَا بِالْقربِ إِلَى الْمَيِّت وَلَا يكون التَّرْجِيح بعصبة بِنَفسِهَا حَتَّى أَن الْعصبَة مَعَ غَيرهَا إِذا كَانَت أقرب إِلَى الْمَيِّت من الْعصبَة بِنَفسِهَا كَانَت أولى كَمَا إِذا ترك بِنْتا وأختا لأَب وَأم وَابْن الْأَخ لأَب وَأم فَنصف الْمِيرَاث للْبِنْت وَالنّصف الْبَاقِي للْأُخْت وَلَا شَيْء لِابْنِ الْأَخ.

فَضَح

فَضَح
: (فَصَحَه كمنَعَه: كَشَفَ مَسَاوِيَه) . يَفضَحه فَضْحاً، وَهُوَ فِعل مجاوِزٌ من الفاضح إِلى المفضوح، (فافْتضَحَ) ، إِذَا رَكِبَ أَمْراً سيّئاً فاشتَهَرَ بِهِ. (وَالِاسْم الفَضِيَةُ والفُضُوحُ) ، كقُعُود، (والفُضُوحَة) ، بِزِيَادَة الهاءِ (بضمّهما، والفَضَاحَة، بالفَتْح، والفِضَاح، بِالْكَسْرِ) .
ورجلٌ فَضّاحٌ وفَضُوحٌ: يَفضَح النّاسَ. وَفِي مثل (الظَّمَأُ الفادِح أَهْوَنُ من الرِّيّ الفاضِح) . وَفِي حديثٍ (فُضُوحُ الدُّنْيَا أَهْوَنُ مِنْ فُضُوحِ الآخِرة) وَتقول: إِذا كَانَ العُذْر وَاضحا كَانَ العِتَابُ فاضِحاً.
(والأَفْضَحُ: الأَبيَضُ لَا شَدِيدا) فِي الْبيَاض. قَالَ ابنُ مُقْبل:
فأَضحَى لَهُ جُلْبٌ بأَكْنَافِ شُرْمَةٍ
أَجَشُّ سِمَاكيٌّ من الوَبْلِ أَفضَحُ
الجِلْب: السَّحَاب، وشُرْمة: مَوضِع. والأَجشّ: الَّذِي فِي رَعْدِه غِلظٌ. والسِّمَاكيّ: الَّذِي مُطِرَ بــنَوْءِ السِّمَاك. والفعْلُ مِنْهُ (فَضِحَ كَفَرِحَ، وَالِاسْم الفُضْحَة، بالضّمّ) ، وَقيل الفُضْحَة والفُضْح: غُبْرَة فِي طُحْلَةٍ يخالِطهَا لَونٌ قَبيح يكون فِي أَلوان الإِبل والحَمام، والنَعْتُ أَفضحُ وفَضحاءُ.
(و) الأَفضَح: (الأَسَدُ) ، لِلَوْنه، (و) كذالك (البَعير) ، وذالك من فَضَح اللَّوْنِ. قَالَ أَبو عَمْرٍ و: سأَلْتُ أَعرابِيًّا عَن الأَفضح فَقَالَ. هُوَ لَونُ اللَّحْمِ المطبوخِ.
(و) من الْمجَاز (أَفضحَ الصُّبحُ) ، إِذا (بدَا) واستنارَ، (كفَضَّحَ) ، مشدَّداً، وَفِي بعض النّسخ مخفَّفاً. (و) أَفضحَ (النَّخْلُ: احْمَرَّ واصفَرَّ) ، قَالَ أَبو ذؤَيبٍ الهذليّ:
يَا هَلْ رَأَيْتَ حُمُولَ الحَيِّ غادِيَةً
كالنَّخل زَيَّنَها يَنْعٌ وإِفْضاحُ
(و) من الْمجَاز: يُقَال للنام وقتَ الصَّبَاح: (فَضَحَك الصُّبْحُ) فقُمْ، أَي (فَصَحَكَ) ، بالصَّاد الْمُهْملَة، مَعْنَاهُ أَنَّ الصُّبْحَ قد استَنَارَ وتَبَيَّنَ حتّى بَيَّنَك لمن يَرَاكَ وشَهَرَك.
وَفِي النِّهَايَة: فِي الحَدِيث: (أَنّ بِلالاً أَتَى ليُؤذنه بالصُّبْح فشَغَلتْ عائشةُ بِلَالًا حتَّى فَضَحَه فالصُّبْحُ) أَي: دَهَمته فُضْحَةُ الصُّبْح، وَهِي بياضُه وَقيل فَضَحَه: كَشفَه وبَيَّنه للأَعْيُن بضَوْئه، وَقيل مَعْنَاهُ أَنّه لما تَبيَّنَ الصُّبْح جِدًّا ظَهرتْ غَفْلَتُه عَن الوَقْتِ فصارَ كَمَا يَفتضِح بعَيْبٍ ظهرَ مِنْهُ.
(والصُّبْحُ الفَضَحُ، محرّكةً: مَا تَعْلُوه حُمْرَةٌ) ، لاستنارته.
(والصُّبْحُ الفَضَحُ، محرّكةً: مَا تَعْلُوه حُمْرَةٌ) ، لاستنارته.
(و) يُقَال (هُوَ فَضِيحٌ فِي المالِ) إِذا كَانَ (سيِّىء القيامِ عَلَيْهِ) ، بِعَدَمِ الْمُحَافظَة لَهُ.
(وَيُقَال للمُفْضِحِ) الَّذِي اشتهرَ بسوءٍ: (يَا فَضُوحُ) ، كصَبُور.
(وفاضِحَةُ: ع) بَين جبَالِ ضَرِيّةَ، وَقيل هُوَ بِالْجِيم.
(وفاضَحٌ: ع قُربَ مكّة) عِنْد أَبي قُبيسٍ كَانَ النّاس يَخرجون إِليه لحاجتهم. (وواد بالشُّريْفِ بنَجْدٍ) قُرْبَ المدينةِ المشرَّفَة. وجبلٌ قُربَ رِيم.
وَمِمَّا يسْتَدرك عَلَيْهِ:
أَفضحَ البُسْرُ إِذا بدَت الحُمرةُ فِيهِ. وسُئل بعض الفقهاءِ عَن فَضِيح البُسْرِ فَقَالَ: لَيْسَ بالفَضِيح، ولاكنّه الفضُوح. أَراد أَنّه يُسكِر فيفضح شاربَه إِذا سَكِرَ منْه.
وافتَضَحْنَا فِيك: فرَّطْنَا فِي زيارتك وتفقُّدِك.
وأَرادُوا أَن يتناصَحوا فتفاضَحوا.
وتَفَاضَحَ المُرْتَجِزانِ، وفاضحَ أَحدُهما الآخرَ.
وَمن الْمجَاز. فَضَحَ القَمَرُ النُّجومَ: غَلَب ضَوؤُه ضَوْأَهَا فَلم يَتبيَّنْ، وَكَذَا الصُّبْح.

دُرَر

دُرَر
: ( {الدَّرُّ) ، بالفَتْح: (النَّفْسُ) .
وَدَفَعَ اللهاُ عَن} دَرِّه، أَي عَن نَفْسه، حَكَاهُ اللِّحيانيّ.
(و) الدَّرُّ: (اللَّبَنُ) مَا كَانَ. قَالَ:
طَوَى أُمَّهاتِ الدَّرِّ حتّى كأَنَّها
فَلاَفِلُ هِنْديَ فهُنَّ لُزُوقُ
أُمَّهاتُ الدَّرِّ: الأَطْباءُ.
وَفِي الحَدِيث (أَنه نَهَى عَن ذَبْح ذَواتِ {الدَّرِّ) أَي ذَوَات اللَّبَن، وَيجوز أَن يكون مصدر} دَرَّ اللَّبنُ إِذَا جَرَى. وَمِنْه الحَدِيث: (لَا يُحْبَس {دَرُّكُم) ، أَي ذواتُ الدَّرِّ. أَراد أَنها لَا تُحشَر أَلى المُصَدِّق وَلَا تُحْبَسُ عَن المَرْعَى إِلى أَن تَجْتَمِع الماشِيَةُ ثمَّ تُعَدّ، لِمَا فِي ذالك من الإِضرار بهَا. (} كالدِّرَّةِ، بالكَسْرِ) .
(و) {الدِّرَّة أَيضاً} والدَّرُّ: (كَثْرَتُه) وسَيَلانُه. وَفِي حَدِيث خُزَيمة (غَاضَتْ لَهَا الدِّرّة) ، وَهِي اللَّبَن إِذا كَثُرَ وسال، ( {كالاسْتِدْرارِ) يُقَال:} استَدرَّ اللَّبَنُ والدَّمعُ ونحُوهما: كَثُرَ. قَالَ أَبو ذُؤيب:
إِذا نَهَضَتْ فِيهِ تَصَعَّدَ نَفْرَهَا
كقِتْرِ الغِلاءِ {مُسْتِدرٌّ صِيَابُهَا
اسْتعَار} الدَّرّ لشِدَّةِ دَفْعِ السِّهَامِ.
{ودَرَّ اللَّبَنُ وادَّمْعُ (} يَدُرُّ) ، بالضَّمّ ( {ويَدِرُّ) ، بالَكسْر،} دَرًّا {ودُرُوراً، وكذالك النَّاقَةُ إِذا حُلِبَت فأَقبلَ مِنْهَا على الحاِلب شَيْءٌ كَثِيرٌ قِيل:} دَرَّتْ، وإِذا اجتمعَ فِي الضَّرْع من العُروق وَسَائِر الجَسَد قيل: {دَرَّ اللَّبَن. (والاسمُ} الدَّرَّةُ، بالكَسْرِ) وبالفَتْح أَيضاً، كَمَا فِي اللّسَان. وَبِهِمَا جاءَ المَثَل: (لَا آتِيكَ مَا اخْتلفَت {الدَّرَّة والجِرَّة) واختلافهما أَنَّ الدِّرَّة تَسْفُلُ والجِرَّةَ تَعْلُو، وَقد تقدّم.
(و) عَن ابْن الأَعرابيّ:} الدَّرُّ: العَمَلُ من خَيرٍ أَو شَرَ. وَمِنْه قَوْلهم: (لله (ِ {دَرُّهُ) ، يكون مَدحْاً، وَيكون ذَمًّا، كَقَوْلِهِم: قاتَلَه اللهاُ مَا أَكْفَرَه، وَمَا أَشْعَره، وَمَعْنَاهُ (أَي) لله (عَمَلُه) ، يُقَال هاذا لِمَن يُمْدَح ويُتَعَجَّب من عَمَلِه. (و) إِذا ذُمَّ عَملُه قيل: (لاَدَ} رَّدَرُّه) ، أَي (لَا زَكَا عَمَلُه) ، وكُلُّ ذالك على المَثَلِ. وَقيل: لِلَّه {دَرُّك مِن رَجُلٍ. مَعْنَاهُ لِلَّهِ خَيرُك وفعَالُك. وإِذَا شَتَمُوا قَالُوا: لَا} دَرَّ دَرُّه، أَي لَا كَثُرَ خَيْرُه. وَقيل: لِلَّهِ {دَرُّك، أَي لِلَّه مَا خَرَج مِنْك من خَيْرٍ. قَالَ ابْن سِيدَه: وَأَصلُه أَنّ رَجُلاً رأَى آخَرَ يَحلُبُ إِبِلاً، فتعَجَّب من كَثْرةِ لَبَنِهَا، فَقَالَ: لِلَّهِ} دَرُّك. وَقيل: أَراد لِلَّهِ صالِحُ عَمَلِك، لأَنَّ! الدَّرَّ أَفضلُ مَا يُحْتَلَب. قَالَ بَعضهم: وأَحسَبهم خَصُّوا اللَّبَن لأَنَّهُم كانُوا يَفْصِدُون النَّاقَةَ فيَشْربُون دَمَهَا ويفْتَظُّونَهاَا فيشربون ماءَ كَرشِها، فَكَانَ اللَّبَنُ أَفضلَ مَا يَحْتَلِخون.
قَالَ أَبو بكْرِ: وَقَالَ أَهلُ اللُّغَة فِي قَوْلهم: لِلَّه دَرُّه. الأَصْلُ فِيهِ أَن الرَّجلَ ذَا كَثُرَ خَيْرُدهُ وعَطَاؤُه وإِنَالَتُه النَّاسَ قيل: لِلَّه {دَرُّه، أَي عَطَاؤُه وَمَا يُؤْخَذُ مِنْهُ، فشَبَّهوا عَطَاءَه} بدَرِّ النّاقَةِ، ثمّ كَثُرَ استِعمَالُهُم حَتَّى صارُوا يَقُولُونه لكلّ مُتعجَّب مِنْه.
قلْت: فعُرِفَ ممّا ذَكرْنَاه كُلّه أَن تَفْير الدَّرِّ بالخَيْر والعَطَاءِ والإِنَالَة إِنّمَا هُوَ تفسيرٌ باللازم، لَا أَنَّه شَرْحٌ لَهُ على الحَقِيقَة؛ فإِن {الدَّرَّ فِي الأَصل هُوَ اللَّبَن، وإِطلاقُه على مَا ذُكِرَ تَجَوُّز، وإِنما أُضِيف لِلَّهِ تَعَالَى إِشارَةً إِلى أَنه لَا يَقدِر عَلَيْهِ غَيْرُه. قَالَ ابنُ أَحمر:
بانَ الشَّبَابُ وأَفْنَى دَمْعَه العُمُرُ
لله} - دَرِّيَ أَيَّ العَيْشِ أَنتَظِرُ
تعَجَّب من نَفْسه.
قَالَ الفَرّاءُ: وَرُبمَا استَعْمَلُوه من غير أَن يَقُولُوا: لِلَّه، فيَقُولون: دَرَّ {دَرُّ فُلانٍ. وأَنشد للمُتَنَخ:
لَا} دَرَّ {- دَرِّيَ أَنْ أَطْعَمْتُ نازِلَهمْ
قِرْفَ الحَتِيِّ وعنْدِي البُرُّ مَكْنوزُ
(} ودَرَّ النَّبَاتُ) {دَرًّا: (الْتَفَّ) بعضُه مَعَ بعض لكَثْرته. (و) } دَرَّت (الناقَةُ بِلَبَنِها) {تَدُرّ} وتَدِرّ بالضَّمّ، والكَسْرِ، الأَوّلُ على الشُّذُوذ والثَّاني على القِيَاس، كَمَا صرَّحَ بِهِ صاحبُ المِصْباح وَغَيره، {دُرُوراً} ودَرًّا: ( {أَدَرَّتْه) ، فَهِيَ} دَرُورٌ {ودَارٌّ} ومُدِرٌّ، {وأَدرَّها مارِيها دُونَ الفَصِيل، إِذَا مَسحَ ضَرْعَها.
(و) } دَرَّ (الفَرسُ {يَدِرّ) ، بالكَسْر على القِيَاس، (} دَرِيراً) {ودِرَّةً: (عَدَا) عَدْواً (شَدِيداً، أَو) عَدَا (عَدْواً سَهْلاً) مُتَتابِعاً.
(و) } دَرَّ (العِرْقُ) {يَدُرّ} دُرُوراً: (سَالَ) كَمَا {يَدُرّ اللَّبَن، (وكَذَا) } دَرَّت (السَّمَاءُ بالمَطَر) {تَدُرّ (} دَرًّا! ودُرُوراً) ، الأَخير بالضَّمّ، إِذا كثُرَ مَطَرُهَا، (فَهِيَ {مِدْرَارٌ) ، بِالْكَسْرِ، أَي} تَدُرُّ بالمَطَرَ، وَكَذَا سَحابةٌ {مِدْرَارٌ، وَهُوَ مَجاز. (و) } دَرَّت (السُّوقُ: نَفَقَ مَتَاعُها) ، وَالِاسْم {الدِّرَّة. (و) دَرَّ (الشيْءُ: لانَ) . أَنشدَ ابنُ الأَعرابيِّ:
إِذا استَدْبَرَتْنا الشَّمسُ} دَرَّتْ مُتُونُنا
كأَنَّ عُروقَ الجَوْفِ يَنْضَحْنَ عَنْدا
وذالك لأَنَّ العربَ تَقول: إِنْ {اسْتِدْبَارَ الشَّمسِ مَصَحَّةٌ.
(و) دَرَّ (السَّهْمُ) } يَدُرُّ ( {دُرُوراً) ، بالضَّمّ: (دَارَ دَوَراناً) جَيِّداً (على الظُّفُر، وصاحِبُه} أَدَرَّه) ، وذالك إِذا وَضَعَه على ظُفرِ إِبهام اليُسْرَى ثمَّ أَدارَه بإِبْهامِ اليَدِ اليُمْنَى وسَبَّابَتِها. حَكَاهُ أَبو حَنِيفَة. قَالَ: وَلَا يكون {دُرُورُ السَّهْمِ وَلَا حَنِينه إِلاّ من اكتِناز عُودِه وحُسْنِ استقامته والْتِئامِ صَنْعَته.
(و) درَّ (السِّرَاجُ) ، إِذَا (أَضَاءَ، فَهُوَ} دَارٌّ {ودَرِيرٌ) ، كأَمِير، أَي مُضِيءٌ.
(و) } دَرَّ (الخَرَاجُ) {يَدُرُّ (} دَرًّا) ، إِذا (كَثُر إِتَاؤُه) وفَيْؤُه، {وأَدَرَّه عُمّالُه.
(و) } دَرَّ (وَجْهُك) ، إِذا (حَسُنَ بَعْدَ العِلَّة) والمَرَضِ ( {يَدَرُّ، بالفَتْح فِيهِ) . عَن الصاغَانيّ، وَهُوَ (نادِرٌ) . ووَجْهُه أَنه لَا مُوجِبَ للفَتْح، إِذ لَيْسَ فِيهِ حَرفُ الحَلْق عَيْناً وَلَا لاماً؛ ولذالك أَنْكَرُوه وَقَالُوا إِن ماضِيَه مَكْسُور كمَلَّ يَمَلُّ، فَلَا نُدرَة. قَالَه شيخُنا.
(} والدِّرَّةُ، بالكَسْرِ) : {دِرَّة السُّلطانِ، (الَّتي يُضْرَب بهَا) ، عَرَبِيّةٌ مَعْرُوفَة والجمْع} دِرَرٌ. وَتقول: حَرَمْتَنِي {دِرَرَك، فاحْمِني دِرَرَك.
(و) } الدِّرّة: (الدَّمُ) ، أَنشد ثَعْلَب:
تَخْبِط بالأَخْفَافِ والمَنَاِمِ
عَن {دِرَّةٍ تَخْضِب كَفَّ الهاشِمِ
وفسّره فَقَالَ: هاذه حَرْبٌ شَبَّهَها بالناقة،} ودِرَّتُهَا: دَمُهَا. (و) {الدِّرَّةُ: (سَيَلانُ اللَّبَنِ وكَثْرَتهُ) ، وَقد تقدَّم فِي أَوّل المادّة، فَهُوَ تَكْرارٌ، وَمِنْهَا قَولُهم:} دَرَّت العُرُوقُ: امتلأَتْ دَماً أَو لَبَنعاً.
(و) {الدُّرَّة، (بالضَّمِّ: اللُّؤْلُؤةُ العَظِيمَة) ، قَالَ ابْن دُرَيد: هُوَ مَا عَظُمَ من اللُّؤْلُؤِ، (ج} دُرٌّ) ، أَي بإِسقاط الهاءِ، فَهو جَمْع لُغَويّ، واسْمُ جِنْس جَمْعِيّ فِي اصْطلاحٍ، كَمَا حَقَّقه شيخُنَا، ( {ودُرَرٌ) ، كصُرَدٍ، وَهُوَ الجَمْع الحَقِيقيّ (} ودُرَّاتٌ) ، جمع مُؤَنّث سَالم، وَهُوَ غير مَا احْتَاجَ لذِكْره. وأَنشد أَبُو زَيْد للرّبَيع بنِ ضَبُعٍ الفَزَارِيِّ.
أَقْفرَ مِن مَيَّةَ الجَريبُ إِلى الزُّجَّ
يْنِ إِلاّ الظِّبَاءَ والبَقَرَا
كأَنَّها دُرَّةٌ مُنَعَّمَةٌ
فِي نِسْوةٍ كُنَّ قَبْلَها {دُرَرَا
(} ودُرٌّ) ، بالضّمّ، (من أَعلامِ الرِّجال. {ودُرَّةُ بنتُ أَبِي لَهَبٍ) ابنةُ عَمِّ النّبيّ صلى الله عَلَيْهِ وَسلم من المُهَاجِرَات. كَانَت تَحْت الحَارِث بن نَوْفَل، لَهَا فِي المُسْنَد من رِوَايَة زَوْجها عَنْهَا، وَقيل تَزَوَّجَها دِحْيَةُ الكَلْبِيّ. (و) } دُرَّةُ (بِنْتُ أَبي سَلَمَة) بنِ عَبْد الأَسد: (صحابيَّتانِ) ، وكذالك دُرَّة بنتُ إِي سُفيانَ أُختُ مُعَاوِيَةَ، لَهَا صُحْبة.
(و) قَوْله تَعَالَى: {كَأَنَّهَا} (كَوْكَبٌ {- دُرّيٌّ) (النُّور: 35) ثاقِب (مُضِيءٌ) ، مَنْسُوب إِلَى} الدُّرِّ فِي صَفائِه وحُسْنهِ وبَهائه وبَياضهِ، قَالَه الزَّجَّاج، (ويُثَلَّثُ) أَوَّلُه ويُهْمَز آخِرُه، كَمَا تقدم، فَهِيَ سِتُّ لُغات قُرِىءَ بِهِنُ. ونَقَلَ شيخُنَا عَن أَرباب الأَشْباه والنَّظائر: لَا نَظِيرَ للدُّرِّيىءِ امَضْمُومِ المَهْمُوزِ سهلأَى مُرِّيقٍ، وَلَا لمفتوح سوى المَلِّيتِ، لمَوْضعٍ، وسَكِّين فِيمَا حَكَاهُ أَبو زَيْد.
قلْت: قَالَ الفَرَّاءُ: وَمن الْعَرَب مَنْ يَقُول دِرِّيّ، يَنْسُبه إِلى الدُّرّ، كَمَا قَالُوا: بَحرٌ لُجِّيٌّ ولِجِّيٌّ، وسُخْرِيٌّ وسِخْرِيٌّ. وقرىء: دُرِّيء، بالهَمْزِ، والكَوْكَب {الدُرِّيُّ عِنْد العَرَب هُوَ العَظِيم الْمِقْدعًّرِ. وَقيل: هُوَ أَحَدُ الكَوَاكِبِ الخَمْسَةِ السَّيَّارَة. قَالَ شَيْخُنَا: وَالْمَعْرُوف أَن السّيّارة سبعَةٌ. وَفِي الحَدِيث (كَا تَروْنَ الكَوْكَبَب الدُّرِّيِّ فِي أُفُق السماءِ) ، أَي الشَّدِيد الإِنارَةِ. وَفِي حَدِيثِ الدّجّال (إِحْدَى عَيْنَيْه كأَنَّهَا كَوْكَبٌ} - دُرِّيّ) .
( {- ودُرِّيُّ السَّيْفِ: تَلاْلُؤْه وإِشْرَاقُهُ) إِما أَن يكُون مَنْسُوباً إِلى الدُّرِّ بصفائه ونقائه، وإِما أَن يكون مُشبَّهاً بالكَوْكَب الدُّرِّيّ. قَالَ عبدُ الله بنُ سَبْرة:
كُلٌّ يَــنُوءُ بماضِي الحَدِّ ذِي شُطَبٍ
عَضْبٍ جَلاَ القَيْنُ عَن} دُرِّيِّه الطَّبَعَا
ويُروَى عَن ذَرِّيِّه، يَعْنِي فِرِنْدَه، مَنسوبٌ إِلى الذَّرِّ الَّذِي هُوَ النَّمْل الصِّغَار، لأَنَّ فِرِنْدَ السَّيْف يُشَبَّه بآثَارِ الذَّرِّ.
وبَيْتُ دُرَيْدٍ يُروَى بالوَجْهَيْن:
وتُخْرِجُ مِنْهُم ضَرَّةُ القَوْمِ مَصْدَقاً
وطُولُ السُّرَى {- دُرِّيَّ عَضْبٍ مُهَنَّدِ
بالدَّال وبالذَّال.
(} ودَرَرُ الطَّرِيق، مُحَرَّكةً: قَصْدُه) ومَتْنُه. وَيُقَال: هُوَ علَى {دَرَرِ الطَّرِيقِ، أَي على مَدْرَجَته. وَفِي الصّحاح: أَي على قَصْدِه، وهما على دَرَرٍ واحِدٍ، أَي قَصْد واحِدٍ،
(و) دَرَرُ (البَيْتِ: قُبَالَتُه) ، ودَارِي} بَدَررِ دَراِك، أَي بحِذَائها، إِذا تَقَابَلَتا. قَالَ ابنُ أَحْمَر:
كانَتْ مَنَاجِعَها الدَّهْنَا وجانِبُها
والقُفُّ ممّا تَرَاه فَوْقَه {دَرَرَا
(و) } دَرَرُ (الرِّيحِ: مَهَبُّهَا) .
(! ودَرٌّ: غَدِيرٌ بدِيَارِ بنِي سُلَيْم) يَبْقَى ماؤُه الرَّبيعَ كُلَّه، وَهُوَ بأَعْلَى النَّقِيعِ. قَالَت الخَنْسَاءُ:
أَلاَ يَا لَهْفَ نَفْسي بَعْدَ عَيْش
لنَا جُنُوِبِ {دَرَّ فذِى نَهِيقِ
(} والدَّرَّارَةُ: المِغْزَلُ) الَّذِي يَغْزِل بِهِ الرَّاعِي الصّوفَ. قَالَ:
جَحَنْفَلٌ يَغْزِل {بالدَّرَّارَة
(و) من الْمجَاز: (} أَدَرَّتِ) المرأَةُ (المغِزَلَ فَهِيَ {مُدِرَّةٌ} ومُدِرٌّ) ، الأَخِيرة على النّسَب، إِذا (فَتَلَتْه) فَتْلاً (شَدِيداً) فرأَيتَه (حتّى كأَنه واقِفٌ من) شِدّة (دَوَرَانِه) . وَفِي بعض نُسَخ الجَمْهَرة الموثوقِ بهَا: إِذا رَأَيْتَه وَاقِفًا لَا يَتَعرَّك من شِدَّة دَوَرَانِه. وَفِي حَدِيث عَمْرو بنِ العاصِ أَنه قَالَ لمُعاوِية: (ءَتَيْتُك وأَمرُك أَشَدّ انْفِضَاحاً من حُقِّ الكَهُولِ، فَمَا زِلْتُ أَرُمُّه حَتَّى تَركتُه مِثْلَ فَلْكَةِ {المُدِرِّ) . وَذكر القُتَيْبِيّ هاذا الحديثَ فغَلِط فِي لَفْظه وَمَعْنَاهُ. وحُقُّ الكَهُول: بَيْت العَنْكَبُوت. وأَما} المُدِرّ فَهُوَ الغَزَّال. وَيُقَال للمِغْزَل نَفسِها {الدَّرَّارةُ} والمِدَرَّةُ، وَقد {أَدَرَّت الغازِلةُ} دَرَّارَتَهَا، إِذا أَدَارَتْها لِتَسْتَحْكِم قُوَّةُ مَا تَغْزِله من قُطن أَو صُوف. وضَرَبَ فَلْكَة المُدِرِّ مَثَلاً لإِحكامه أَمرَه عد استِرخائه، واتِّسَاقه بعدَ اضْطِرَابه، وذالك لأَنَّ الغَزَّالَ لَا يأْلو إِحكاماً وتَثْبِتاً لفَلْكَةِ مِغْزَله، لِأَنَّهُ إِذا قَلِقَ لم تَدِرَّ الدَّرًّرَةُ.
قلْتُ: وأَمّا القُتَيْبِيّ فإِنّه فَسَّرَ المُدِرّ بالجَاريَة إِذا فَلَكَ ثَدْيَاهَا ودَرَّ فيهمَا الماءُ، يَقُول: كَانَ أَمرُك مُسْتَرخِياً فأَقَمْته حتَّى صَار كأَنَّه حَلَمَة ثَدْيٍ قد أَدَرَّ. والوَجْهُ الأَوَّلُ أَوْجَهُ.
(و) {أَدَرَّت (النّاقَةُ: دَرَّ لَبَنُها) فَهِيَ مُدِرُّ، وأَدرَّهَا فَصيلُها.
(و) } أَدَرّ (الشَّيْءَ: حَرّكَه) ، وَبِه فُسِّرَ بعضُ مَا وَردَ فِي الحَدِيث: (بَين عَيْنَيْه عِرْق {يُدرُّه الغَضبُ) أَي يُحَرِّكه.
(و) } أَدَرَّ (الرِّيحُ السَّحَابَ: جَلَبَتْه) ، هكاذا بالجِيم، وَفِي بَعْض النُّسَخ بالحاءِ، وَفِي اللِّسَان: والرِّيحُ {تُدِرُّ السَّحَابَ} وتَسْتَدِرُّه، أَي تَسْتَحْلِبُه. وَقَالَ الحادِرَةُ وَهُوَ قُطْبَةُ بنُ أَوْس الغَطَفَانِيّ:
كتاب فَكَأَنَّ فَاهَا بعدَ أَوَّلِ رَقْدةٍ
ثَغَبٌ بِرابِيَةٍ لَذِيذُ المَكْرَعِ
بغَرِيضِ سارِيَةٍ {أدرَّتْه الصَّبَا
من ماءِ أَسْحَرَ طَيِّبِ المُسْتَنْقَعِ
الغَرِيض: الماءُ الطَّرِيّ وَقْتَ نُزُولِه من السّحاب أَسْحَرُ: غَدِيرٌ حُرُّ الطِّينِ.
(} والدَّرِيرُ، كأَمِيرٍ: المُكْتَنِزُ الخَلْقِ المُقْتَدِر) من الأَفراس. قَالَ امرؤُ القَيْس:
{دَرِيرٌ كخُذْرُوفِ الوَلِيدِ أَمَرَّهُ
تَقَلُّبُ كَفَّيه بخَيْطٍ مُوَصَّلِ
وَقيل:} الدَّرِيرُ من الخَيْل: السَّرِيعُ مِنْهَا، (أَو السَّرِيعُ) العَدْوِ المُكْتَنِزُ الخَلْقِ (من) جميعِ (الدّوابّ) ، فَفِي حَدِيث أَبي قِلاَبَةَ: (صَلَّيْتُ الظُّهْرَ ثمَّ رَكِبْتُ حِمَاراً {دَرِيراً) .
(ونَاقةٌ} دَرُورٌ) (كصَبُور {ودَارٌّ: كَثِرَةُ} الدَّرّ) ، وضَرةَّ {دَرُورٌ، كذالك. قَالَ طَرَفَةُ:
مِنَ الزَّمِرَاتِ أَسْبَلَ قادِماهَا
وضَرَّتُهَا مُرَكَّنةٌ} درُورُ
(وإِبِلٌ {دُرُرٌ) ، بضَمَّتَيْن، (} ودُرَّرٌ) ، كسُكَّر، ( {ودُرَّارٌ) ، كرُمَّان، مثل كافِرٍ وكُفّار. قَالَ:
كَانَ ابنُ أَسْماءَ يَعْشُوهَا ويَصْبَحُهَا
مِن هَجْمَةٍ كفَسِيلِ النَّخْلِ} دُرّارِ
قَالَ ابنُ سِيدَه: وَعِنْدِي أَنّ {دُرَّاراً جَمْعُ} دَارَّةٍ، على طَرْح الهاءِ.
(! والدَّوْدَرَّى، كيَهْيَرَّى) ، أَي بفَتْح الأَوّل والثَّالِث وتَشْدِيد الرَّاء المَفْتُوحة، وَلَا يَخْفَى أَنَّ المَوْزُونَ بِهِ غَيْرُ مَعْروف: (الَّذِي يَذْهَبُ ويَجِيىءُ فِي غيرِ حاجَةٍ) ولمْ يُستَعْمل إِلاّ مَزِيداً، إِذ لَا يُعْرف فِي الْكَلَام مثل دُرَر.
(و) {الدَّوْدَرَّى: (الآدَرُ) : مَن بِهِ الأُدْرَةُ. (و) الدَّوْدَرَّى: (الطَّويلُ الخُصْيَتَيْنِ) ، وَفِي التَّهْذِيب: العَظِيمُهِما، وذَكَره فِي (د در) وَالصَّوَاب ذكره فِي (د رر) كَمَا للمُصنِّف، وأَنْشَد أَبو الهَيْثم:
لمّا رَأَتْ شَيْخاً لهَا} دَوْدَرَّى
فِي مِثْل خَيْطِ العِهِنِ المُعَرَّى
إذْ هُوَ من قَولهم: فَرسٌ {دَرِيرٌ، والدليلُ عَلَيْهِ قَوله:
(فِي مثْل خَيْطِ العِهِن المُعَرَّى) يريدُ بِهِ الخُذرُوفَ. والمُعَرَّى: (الَّذِي) جُعِلت لَهُ عُرْوةٌ.
(} كالدَّرْدَرَّى) ، بالراءِ بدل الواوِ، عَن الفَرَّاءِ، وَلم يقل بالوَاو.
( {والتَّدِرَّةُ: الدَّرُّ الغَزِيرُ) ، تَفْعِله من} الدَّرّ، وضبطَه الصّغانِيّ بضَمّ الدَّال من {التَّدُرَّةِ.
(} والدُّرْدُرُ، بالضَّمّ: مَغازِرُ أَسْنَانِ الصَّبِيِّ) ، وَالْجمع {الدَّرادِرُ، أَو هِيَ مَنْبِتُها عامَّةً. (أَو هِيَ) مَنْبِتُها (قَبْلَ نَباتِهَا وبعْدَ سُقُوطِها. و) من ذالك المَثَل ((أَعْيَيْتنِي بأُشُر فكَيْفَ) أَرجوك (} بِدُرْدُر)) .
قَالَ أَبو زيد: هاذا رَجُل يُخَاطِب امرأَتَه، (أَي لم تَقْبَل) ، هاكذا فِي النُّسخ. والصلأاب لم تَقْبَلِي (النُّصْحَ شَابًّا) ، هاكذا فِي النُّسخ، والصّواب وأَنتِ شَابَّة ذاتُ أُشُرفي ثَغْرِكِ (فكَيْفَ) الْآن (وقَدْ) أْنَنْتِ حتّى (بَدَتْ {دَرَادِرُك كِبَراً) ، وَهِي مَغَازِرُ الأَسْنَانِ.
ودَرِدَ الرَّجلُ إِذا سَقَطتْ أَسْنَانُه وظَهرَت} دَرَادِرُهَا. وَمثله: (أَعْيَيْتَنِي من شُبَّ إِلى دُبَّ) أَي من لَدُنْ شَبَبْتَ إِلى أَنْ دَبَبْتَ.
(و) يُقَال: لَجَّجُوا فوقَعُوا فِي (! الدُّرْدُور، بالضَّمّ) . قَالَ الجَوْهَرِيّ: الماءُ الَّذِي يَدورُ ويُخاف مِنْهُ الغَرَقُ. وَقَالَ الأَزهَرِيّ: هُوَ (مَوْضِعٌ) فِي (وَسَطِ البَحْر يَجِيشُ مَاؤُه) لَا تكَاد تَءْحلَم مِنْهُ السَّفِينَةُ.
(و) {الدَّرْدُور: اسْم (مَضِيق بساحِلِ بَحْرِ عُمَانَ) يخافُ مِنْهُ أَهلُ البَحْر.
(} وتَدَرْدَرَتِ اللَّحْمَةُ: اضْطَرَبَت) ، وَيُقَال للمَرْأَة إِذا كَانَت عظِيمةَ الأَلْيَتَينِ فإِذا مَشتْ رَجَفَتَا: هِيَ {تُدَرْدِرُ. وَفِي حديثِ ذِي الثُّدَيَّةِ المَقْتُول بالنَّهْرَوان (كَانَت لَهُ ثُدَيَّةٌ مثْل البَضْعةِ} تَدَرْدَرُ) أَي تَمَزْمَزُ وتَرَجْرَجُ: تَجِيءُ وتَذْهب، والأَصل {تَتَدَرْدَر، فَحذف إِحدَى التاءَين تَخْفِيفاً.
(} ودَرْدَرَ البُسْرَةَ) : دَلَكَهَا {بدُرْدُرِه و (لاَكَها) : وَمِنْه قَول بَعضِ العَرَب وَقد جاءَه الأَصْمَعِيّ: أَتَيْتَنِي وأَنَا} أُدَرْدِرُ بُسْرَةً.
( {واستَدَرَّت المِعْزَى: أَرادَتِ الفَحْلَ) ، قَالَ الأُمويّ: يُقَال للمِعْزَى إِذا أَرادَت الفَحْلَ قد} استدرَّت {اسْتِدْراراً وللضَّأْن قد استَوْبَلَت استِيبالاً. وَيُقَال أَيضاً استَذْرَت المِعْزَى استِذْرَاءً، من المعتلّ بالذَّال المُعْجَمَة.
(} والدَّرْدَارُ) ، كصَلْصال: (صَوْتُ الطَّبْلِ) ، كالدَّرْداب، نَقله الصَّغانيّ.
(و) {الدَّرْدَارُ: (شَجَرٌ) ، قَالَ الأَزْهَرِيُّ: ضَرْبٌ من الشَّجَر مَعْرُوفٌ.
قلْت: هُوَ شَجرةُ البَقّ تَخرُجُ مِنْهَا أَقماعٌ مُختلفة كالرُّمَّانات فِيهَا رُطُوبة تَصير بَقًّا، فإِذا انفقَأَت خَرَجَ البَقُّ. ورَرَقُه يُؤكل غَضًّا كالبُقُول، كَذَا فِي مِنْهَاج الدُّكَّان.
(} ودُرَيْرَاتٌ) ، مُصغَّراً، (ع) ، نَقله الصّغانِيّ. (ودُهْدُرَّيْن) بضَمِّ الأَوّل والثَّالث تَثْنِية دُهْدُرّ، يأْتي ذِكْرُه (فِي ده در) ، مُرَاعَاة لتَرْتِيب الحُرُوف، وَهُوَ الأَوْلَى والأَقربُ للمُراجعة، والجوهريّ أَوردَه هُنَا، والصّواب مَا لِلمُصَنِّف.وَمِمَّا يُسْتَدْرَك عَلَيْهِ:
{اسْتَدْرَّ الحَلُوبَةَ: طلَبَ دَرَّهَا.
} والاستِدْرارُ أَيضاً: أَن تمْسَح الضَّرْعَ بيَدِك ثمّ {يَدِرّ اللَّبنُ.
} ودَرَّ الضَّرْعُ باللَّبَن {يَدُرُّ} دَرًّا، {ودَرَّت لِقْحَةُ الْمُسلمين وحَلُوبَتُهُم، يَعْنِي كَثُرَ فَيْؤُهم وخَرَاجُهم وَهُوَ مَجَاز. وَفِي وَصِيَّةِ عُمَر للعُمَّال (} أَدِرُّوا لِقْحَةَ الْمُسلمين) ، قَالَ الليثُ: أَراد خَرَاجَهم، فاسْتَعَارَ لَهُ اللقِّحقةَ {والدِّرَّة.
وَيُقَال للرَّجُل إِذا طَلَبَ حاجَةً فأَلَحَّ فِيهَا:} أَدِرَّهَا، وإِن أَبَتْ، أَي عالِجْها حتَّى {تَدِرَّ، يُكْنَى} بالدَّرِّ هُنَا عَن التَّيْسِير.
{ودُرُورُ العِرْق: تَتابُعُ ضَرَبَانِه كتَتَابُعِ} دُرُورِ العَدْوِ. وَفِي الحَدِيث: (بَيْنَهما عِرْق {يُدِرُّه الغَضَبُ) ، يَقُول: إِذا غَضبَ دَرَّ العِرْقُ الّذِي بَين الحاجبَين،} ودُرُورُه: غِلَظُه وامْتِلاؤُه. وَقَالَ ابْن الأَثير: أَي يَمتلىءُ دَماً إِذا غَضِبَ كَمَا يَمتلىءُ الضَّرعُ لَبَناً إِذا دَرَّ، وَهُوَ مَجاز.
وللسحاب {دِرَّةٌ، أَي صَبٌّ واندِفاقٌ، وَالْجمع درَرٌ. قَالَ النَّمِر بنُ تَوْلَب:
سَلامُ إِلالاهِ ورَيْحَانُهُ
ورَحمَتُهُ وسَماءٌ} دِرَرْ
غَمَامٌ يُنَزِّلُ رِزْقَ العِبَادِ
فأَحْيَا العِبَادَ وطَابَ الشَّجَرْ
سماءٌ {دِرَرٌ، أَي ذاتُ دِرَرٍ.
وَفِي حَدِيث الاسْتِسْقَاءِ (دِيمَاً} دِرَراً) : جمْع {دِرَّة. وَقيل:} الدِّرَرُ الدَارّ، كقَوْلِه تَعالى: {دِينًا قِيَمًا} أَي قَائِما.
وفَرسٌ {دَرِيرٌ: كَثِيرُ الجَرْيِ، وَهُوَ مجازٌ.
وللسَّاق} دِرَّةٌ: استِدرَارٌ للجَرْيِ.
وللسُّوقِ دِرَّةٌ، أَي نَفَاقٌ.
{ودَرَّ الشيْءُ، إِذا جُمِعَ، ودَرَّ إِذا عُمِلَ، ومرَّ الفَرسُ على} دِرَّتِه، إِذا كَانَ لَا يَثْنِيه شَيْءٌ، وفَرسٌ! مُسْتَدِرٌّ فِي عدْوِه، وَهُوَ مَجازٌ، وَقَالَ أَبو عُبَيدَةَ: {الإِدْرَارُ فِي الخَيل: أَنْ يُعْنِقَ فيرفَعَ يَداً وَيَضَعَها فِي الخَبَب.
} والدَّرْدَرة: حِكَاية صَوْتِ الماءِ إِذا اندفعَ فِي بُطُونِ الأَودِيَةِ. وأَيضاً دُعاءُ المِعْزَى إِلى الماءِ.
{وأَدرَرْتُ عَلَيْهِ الضَّرْبَ: تَابَعْتُه، وَهُوَ مَجاز.
} والدُّرْدُر، بالضّمّ: طَرَفُ اللِّسَان، وَقيل: أَصْلُه. هاكذا قَالَه بَعْضُهم فِي شرْح قَوْل الرَّاجِز:
أُقْسِم إِن لم تَأْتِنا {تَدَرْدَرُ
ليُقْطَعَنَّ مِن لِسَانٍ} دُرْدُرُ
وَالْمَعْرُوف مَغْرِزُ السِّنّ، كَمَا تَقَدَّمَ.
{ودَرَّت الدُّنْيا على أَهلِها: كَثُرَ خَيْرُها، وَهُوَ مَجاز، ورِزْق} دَارٌّ، أَي دائِمٌ لَا يَنقَطِع. وَيُقَال: {دَرَّ بِمَا عندَه، أَي أَخرَجه.
والفارسيّة} الدَّرِّيّة، بتَشْديد الراءِ والياءِ: اللُّغَة الفُصْحَى من لُغَات الفُرْس، منسوبة إِلى {دَرْ، بِفَتْح فَسُكُون، اسْم أَرض فِي شِيرازَ، أَو بمعنَى البابِ وأُرِيد بِهِ بابُ بَهْمَن بن اسفِنْدِيَار. وَقيل: بَهْرَام بن يزْدجِرد. وقِيل: كِسْرى أَنُوشِرْوَان. وَقد أَطال فِيهِ شَيْخُ شُيُوخِ مَشَايِخنَا الشِّهَاب أَحمدُ بن مُحَمَّدٍ العجَمِيّ، خاتِمَةُ المُحَدِّثين بِمصْر، فِي ذَءَحله على لُبِّ اللُّباب للسّيوطيّ، وأَورد شيخُنَا أَيضاً نقلا عَنهُ وَعَن غَيره، فَليُرَاجع فِي الشرْح.
} ودُرّانَةُ: من أَعلام النّساءِ، وكذالك {دُرْدَانةُ. وأَبو} دُرَّة بالضّمّ: قَرْيَة بِمصْر.

خَطط

خَطط
{الخَطُّ: الطَّريقَةُ المُسْتَطيلَةُ فِي الشَّيْءِ وقِيل: هُوَ الطَّريقُ الخَفيفُ فِي السَّهْلِ. وَقَدْ أَعادَه المُصَنِّفِ ثَلَاث مَرَّاتٍ، وَهُوَ إيّاه، وَهُوَ غَريبٌ، ج:} خُطوطٌ، وَقَدْ جمعه العَجَّاجُ عَلَى {أَخْطاط فَقَالَ: وشِمْنَ فِي الغُبارِ} كالأخْطاطِ و {الخَطُّ: الكَتْبُ بالقَلَمِ، خَطَّ الشَّيْءَ} يَخُطُّه {خَطًّا: كَتَبَه بقَلَمٍ، أَو غَيْرِه، قالَ امرؤُ القَيس:
(لِمَنْ طَلَلٌ أَبْصَرْتُه فَشَجاني ... } كخَطِّ الزَّبورِ فِي عَسيبِ يَمانِ)
وأَمّا قَوْلُ الشَّاعِر:
(فأَصْبَحتْ بَعْدَ {خَطَّ بَهْجَتها ... كأَنَّ قَفْراً رُسومَها قَلَما)
أَراد: فأَصْبَحَتْ بعد بَهْجَتِها قَفْراً، كأَنَّ قَلَماً خَطَّ رُسومَها. وَمن المَجَازِ: الخَطُّ: ضَرْبٌ من الجِماع، وقَد} خَطَّها قُساحاً، والقَسْحُ بقاءُ الإنْعاظِ، نَقَله اللَّيْثُ، كَمَا فِي التَّهْذيب. وَمن المَجَازِ: الخَطُّ: ضِدُّ الحَطِّ، وَهُوَ الأَكْلُ القَليلُ، وبالحاءِ: الكَثير، {كالتَّخْطيطِ، ومِنْهُ حَديثُ ابْن أُنيسٍ: ذَهَب بِي رَسُولُ الله صَلّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وسَلّم إِلَى مَنْزلهِ، فدَعا بطَعامٍ قَليلٍ، فجَعلْتُ} أُخَطِّطُ حتَّى يَشْبَعَ رَسُولُ الله صَلّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وسَلّم أَي: {أَخُطُّ فِي الطَّعامِ، أُريهِ أَنِّي آكُلُ ولَسْتُ بآكِلٍ، ووَصَف أَبُو المَكارِم مَدْعاةً دُعِيَ إِلَيْهَا، قالَ: فحَطَطْنا ثمَّ} خَطَطْنا. والخَطُّ: الطَّريقُ عَن ثَعْلَبٍ، يُقَالُ: الْزَمْ ذَلِك {الخَطَّ وَلَا تَظْلِم عَنهُ شَيْئاً، ويُقَالُ: هُوَ بالضَّمِّ، كَمَا سَيَأْتِي، ويُروى بالوَجْهَيْنِ قَوْلُ أَبي صَخْرٍ الهُذَليِّ:
(صُدودَ القِلاصِ الأُدْمِ فِي لَيْلَةِ الدُّجَى ... عَن الخَطِّ لم يَسْرُبْ لَها الخَطَّ سارِبُ)
وَقَالَ سَلامَةُ بنُ جَنْدَلٍ:
(حتَّى تُرِكْنا وَمَا تُثْنَى ظَعائِنُنا ... يأخُذْنَ بَيْنَ سَوادِ الخَطِّ فاللُّوبِ)
وَقَالَ ابْن سِيدَه: الخَطُّ سيفُ البَحْرَيْنِ وعُمانَ أَو كُلُّ سيفٍ: خَطٌّ، وَقَالَ الأّزْهَرِيّ: وَذَلِكَ السِّيفُ كُلُّه يُسَمَّى الخَطّ. وَمن قُرَى الخَطِّ: القَطيفُ، والعُقَيْرُ، وقَطَرُ. وقِيل فِي قَوْلِ امرِئِ القَيْس:
(فإنْ تَمْنَعوا مِنّا المُشَقَّرَ والصَّفا ... فإِنَّا وَجَدْنا الخَطَّ جَمًّا نَخيلُها)
هُوَ خَطُّ عبدِ القَيْسِ بالَبحْرَيْن، وَهُوَ كَثيرُ النَّخيلِ. والخَطُّ، أَيْضاً: ع، باليَمامَةِ، وَهُوَ خَطُّ هَجَرَ، تُنْسَبُ إِلَيْهِ الرِّماحُ الخَطِّيّة لأنَّها تُحْمَلُ من بِلادِ الهِنْدِ، فتُقَوَّمُ بِهِ. كَذَا فِي الصّحاح. وَقَالَ ابْن سِيدَه: وقِيل: الخَطُّ مَرْفَأُ السُّفُنِ بالبَحْرَيْن، قالَ غيرُه: وَقَدْ يُكْسَرُ، وَفِيه نَظَرٌ، فإِنَّه إنَّما يُكْسَرُ)
عِنْد إرادَةِ الاسْمِيَّة، كَمَا يَأْتِي عَن اللَّيْثُ، فتأمَّل. قالَ ابْن سِيدَه: وإلَيْهِ نُسِبَتْ الرِّماحُ يُقَالُ رُمْحٌ} خَطِّيٌّ، ورِماحٌ {خَطِّيَّة} وخِطِّيَّة عَلَى الْقيَاس، وعَلى غيرِ القِياس، لأنَّها تُباعُ بِهِ، لَا أَنَّه مَنْبِتُها، كَمَا قَالُوا: مِسْكُ دارينَ، وَلَيْسَ هُنالك مِسْكٌ، ولكنَّها مَرْفَأُ السُّفُنِ الَّتِي تَحْمِلُ المِسْكَ من الهِنْد.
وَقَالَ اللَّيْثُ: الخَطُّ أَرْضٌ تُنْسَب إِلَيْهَا الرِّماح الخَطِّيّة، فَإِذا جَعلتَ النِّسْبةَ اسْما لازِماً قُلْتَ: خِطِّيَّةٌ، وَلم تَذْكُرِ الرِّماحَ، وَهُوَ خَطُّ عُمانَ، كَمَا قَالُوا: ثِيابٌ قِبْطِيَّة، فَإِذا جَعَلوها اسْما قَالُوا: قُبْطِيَّةٌ، بتَغْيير النَّسب، وامرأةٌ قِبْطِيَّةٌ لَا غير، لَا يُقَالُ إلاَّ هَكَذا، وَقَالَ أَبُو حَنِيفَةَ: {الخَطِّيُّ: الرِّماحُ، وَهُوَ نِسْبةٌ، قَدْ جَرَى مَجْرى الاسمِ العَلَمِ، ونُسِبتْ إِلَى الخَطّ خَطِّ البَحْرَيْنِ، وإِلَيْه تَرْفأُ السُّفُن إِذا جاءَت من أرضِ الهِنْدِ وَلَيْسَ الخِطِّيّ الَّذي هُوَ الرِّماحُ من نباتِ أَرْضِ العَرَب. وَقَدْ كَثُرَ مَجيئُه فِي أَشْعارِها قالَ الشَّاعِر فِي نبَاتِه:
(وهَلْ يُنْبِتُ الخَطِّيُّ إلاَّ وَشِيجَةً ... وتُغْرَسُ إلاَّ فِي مَنَابِتِها النَّخْلُ)
وَفِي العُبَاب قالَ عَمْرو بن كُلْثوم:
(بسُمْرٍ من قَنَا الخَطِّيِّ لُدْنٍ ... ذَوابِلَ أَو ببِيضٍ يَخْتلِينَا)
وَقَالَ غيرُه:
(ذَكَرْتُكِ} - والخَطِّيُّ يَخْطِرُ بَيْنَنا ... وَقَدْ نَهِلَتْ مِنَّا المُثَقَّفَةُ السَّمْرُ)
وجَبَلُ الخُطِّ، بالضَّمِّ ويُفْتَحُ: أَحدُ الأَخْشَبَيْن بمكَّةَ، شرَّفَها الله تَعالَى. وَقَالَ أَبُو عَمْرو: الخُطُّ: مَوْضِعُ الحَيِّ. والخُطُّ: الطَّريقُ الشارِعُ ويُفْتحُ، وَهَكَذَا ضُبِطَ بالوجْهَيْن فِي الجَمْهَرَةِ، ويُروَى بالوَجْهَين قَوْلُ أَبي صَخْرٍ الهُذَلِيّ، وَقَدْ تَقَدَّم. والخِطُّ، بالكَسْرِ: الأرْضُ الَّتِي لم تُمْطَرُ وَقَدْ مُطِرَ مَا حولَها، عَن أَبي حَنِيفَةَ. والخِطُّ: الأَرْضُ الَّتِي تُنْزِلُها وَلم يَنْزِلُها نازِلٌ قبْلَكَ، عَن ابنِ دُرَيْدٍ، {كالخِطَّةُ، بزِيادَةِ الْهَاء، وإِنَّما كُسِرت الخاءُ مِنْهَا لأَنَّها أُخْرِجتْ عَلَى مصدَرٍ بُنِيَ عَلَى فِعله.
وجمعُ الخِطَّة:} خِطَطٌ، وَقَدْ {خَطَّها لنَفْسهِ} خَطًّا {واخْتَطَّها وَهُوَ أَن يُعلِمُ عَلَيْهَا علامَةً} بالخَطِّ ليُعْلَمَ أَنَّه قَدْ اخْتارَها ليَبْنِيَها دَارا، ومِنْهُ {خِطَطُ البصرَةِ والكوفَةِ، نَقَلَهُ الجَوْهَرِيّ. قُلْتُ: وَلِهَذَا سَمَّى المَقْرِيزِيُّ كتابَه} الخِطَط. وَحكى ابنُ بَرِّيّ عَن ابنِ دُرَيْدٍ أَنَّه يُقَالُ خِطٌّ: للمكان الَّذي {يَخْتَطُّه لنَفسِه، من غيرِ هاءٍ، يُقَالُ: هَذَا خَطُّ بني فُلانٍ. وكلُّ مَا حَظرْتهُ، أَي مَنَعْتَه فَقَدْ} خَطَطْتَ عَلَيْهِ.
{والخَطيطَةُ: الأَرْضُ الَّتِي لم تُمْطَر بَيْنَ أَرْضَينِ مَمْطورَتَيْنِ، وَقَالَ ابنُ شُمَيْلٍ: هِيَ الَّتِي يُمْطَرُ مَا حولَها وَلَا تُمْطَر هِيَ، أَو هِيَ الَّتِي مُطِرَ بعضُها دونَ بعضٍ. والجَمْعُ:} خَطَائِطُ، وأَنْشَدَ أَبُو) عُبَيْدَةَ لهمْيانَ بنِ قُحافَةَ: عَلَى قِلاَصٍ تَخْتَطِي {الخَطَائطَا يَتْبَعْنَ مَوَّارَ المِلاَطِ مَائِطَا وَقَالَ الكُمَيْتُ:
(قِلاَتٌ} بالخَطِيطَةِ جاوَرْتُها ... فنَضَّ سِمالُها العَيْنُ الذَّرُورُ)
{والخُطَّةُ: بالضَّمِّ: شِبْهُ القِصَّةِ، وَفِي الصّحاح: الخُطَّة: الأَمْرُ والقِصَّةُ، وزادَ غيرُه: والحالُ والخَطبُ، وَفِي اللّسَان: يُقَالُ: سُمْتُه} خُطَّةَ خَسْفٍ {وخُطَّةَ سَوْءٍ، وأَنْشَدَ الجَوْهَرِيّ لتأَبَّطَ شَرًّا:
(هُما} خُطَّتَا إِمَّا إِسارٍ ومِنَّةٍ ... وإِمَّا دَمٌ والقَتْلُ بالحُرِّ أَجْدَرُ)
أَرادَ {خُطَّتان، فحذَفَ النُّونَ اسْتِخْفافاً، كَذَا فِي الصِّحَاح، وَفِي حَدِيث الحُدَيْبِيَةِ: لَا يسْأَلوني} خُطَّةً يُعَظِّمون فِيهَا حُرُماتِ الله إلاَّ أَعْطَيْتُهم إِيَّاها. وَفِي حديثِها أَيْضاً: قَدْ عَرَضَ عليكُم خُطَّةَ رُشْدٍ فاقْبَلُوها أَي أَمراً واضِحاً فِي الهُدى والاسْتِقامَة. و! الخُطَّةُ: الجَهْلُ، يُقَالُ: فِي رأْسِهِ خُطَّةٌ، أَي جَهْلٌ، وقِيل: أَمْرٌ مَا. وَقَالَ الفَرَّاءُ: الخُطَّة: لُعْبَةٌ للأَعْرابِ. وَفِي الصّحاح: الخُطَّةُ من الخَطِّ، كالنُّقْطَةُ من النَّقْطِ، أَي اسمُ ذَلِك. والخُطَّةُ: الإِقْدامُ عَلَى الأُمورِ، يُقَالُ: جاءَ وَفِي رأْسِهِ خُطَّةٌ إِذا جاءَ وَفِي نفسِهِ حاجَةٌ وَقَدْ عَزَم عَلَيْهَا، والعامَّةُ تَقول: خُطْبةٌ، كَذَا فِي الصّحاح، زَاد فِي اللّسَان: وكلامُ العربِ الأَوَّلُ، وَفِي العُبَاب: قالَ القُحَيْفُ العُقَيْلِيّ:
(وَفِي الصَّحْصَحِيِّين المُوَلِّينَ غُدْوَةٌ ... كَوَاعِبُ من بَكْرٍ تُسَامُ وتُجْتَلَى)
قالَ:! بخَطِّ ابنِ حَبيبٍ النَّسَّابَةِ فِي شِعْرِ القُحَيْف خُطَّةٌ وَفِي نوادِرِ أَبي زَيْدٍ: خِطْبَةً. قُلْتُ: فإنْ صَحَّ مَا فِي نَوادِرِ أَبي زَيْدٍ فنِسْبَةُ الجَوْهَرِيّ إِيَّاها للعامَّةِ محلُّ نَظَرٍ. قالَ الجَوْهَرِيّ: وَفِي حديثِ قَيْلَةَ نبتِ مَخْرَمَةَ التَّميميَّة: أَيُلامُ ابنُ هَذِه أَنْ يَفْصِلَ الخُطَّةَ ويَنْتَصِرَ مِنْ وراءِ الحَجَزَة أَي أَنَّهُ إِذا نزَلَ بِهِ أَمرٌ مُلْتَبِسٌ مُشْكِل لَا يُهْتَدَى لَهُ، إِنَّهُ لَا يَعْيَا بِهِ، ولكنَّه يَفْصِله حتَّى يُبْرِمَه ويخرُجُ مِنْهُ.
وخُطَّةُ، بِلَا لامٍ: اسمُ عَنْزِ سَوْءٍ، عَن الْأَصْمَعِي، قالَ: ومِنْهُ المَثَلُ: قَبَحَ الله مِعْزَى خَيْرُها خُطَّةُ، نَقَلَهُ الجَوْهَرِيّ. وَقَالَ الصَّاغَانِيُّ: يُضربُ لقوْمٍ أَشْرارٍ يُنسبُ بعضُهم إِلَى أَدْنى فضِيلَةٍ، وَفِي اللّسَان: قالَ الأَصْمَعِيّ: إِذاوقالَ اللَّيْثُ: وحَلْبَسٌ {الخَطَّاطُ: اسمُ رجلٍ زاجِرٍ مَشْهورٍ، وَهُوَ الَّذي أَتاه الثَّوْرِيُّ وسأَله فخَبَّره بكُلِّ مَا عَرَفَ. وَقَالَ الثَّوْرِيُّ: سهَّلَ عليَّ ذَلِك الحديثَ الَّذي يرْويهِ أَبُو هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ الله عَنْه، عَن النَّبِيّ صَلّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وسَلّم: كانَ نبِيٌّ من الأَنْبِياءِ} يَخُطُّ قالَ الصَّاغَانِيُّ: هَكَذا قالَهُ اللَّيْثُ. وأَمَّا الحَدِيث فرَاوِيهِ مُعاوِيَةُ بنُ الحَكَمِ السُّلَمِيُّ. قُلْتُ: وَهَكَذَا فِي النِّهايَةِ، ولعلَّهُ رُوِيَ مِنْ طَريقٍ آخَرَ إِلَى أَبي هُرَيْرَةَ أَيْضاً. وَلم نطَّلِعْ عَلَيْهِ، فتأَمَّلْ. وقالَ البَعِيثُ:
(أَلا إنَّما أَزْرَى بِحارَك عامِداً ... سُوَيْعٌ كخطَّافِ {الخَطيطَةِ أَسْحَمُ)
كَذَا فِي اللّسَان، وَلم يُفَسِّرْه، وعِنْدي أنَّ الخَطيطَةَ هُنا هِيَ الرَّمْلَة الَّتِي} يَخُطُّ عَلَيْهَا الزّاجِرُ، وأَسْحَم: اسمُ خَطٍّ من خُطوطِ الزَّاجِرِ، وَهُوَ عَلامةُ الخَيْبَةِ عِنْدَهم، وَذَلِكَ أَنْ يأتيَ إِلَى أَرْضٍ رِخْوَةٍ، وَله غُلامٌ مَعَه مِيلٌ فيَخُطَّ الأُسْتاذُ خُطوطاً كثيرَةً بالعَجَلَة، لِئَلاَّ يَلْحَقَها العَدَدُ، ثمَّ يَرْجِع فيَمْحو مِنْهَا عَلَى مَهَلٍ خَطَّيْنِ خَطَّيْنِ، فإنْ بَقِيَ من الخُطوطِ {خَطّانِ فهُما علامَةُ النُّجْحِ وقَضاءِ الحاجَةِ، قالَ: وَهُوَ يَمْحو وغُلامهُ يَقُولُ للتّفاؤُل: ابْنَيْ عِيان أَسْرِعا البَيان، قالَ ابنُ عَبّاسٍ: فَإِذا مَحا الخُطوطَ فبَقِيَ مِنْهَا خَطٌّ واحدٌ فَهِيَ علامَةُ الخَيْبَةِ. وَقَدْ رَوَى مِثْلَُ ذَلِك أَبُو زَيْدٍ، وَاللَّيْث.
وخَطَّ برِجْلِه الأرْضَ: مَشَى، وَهُوَ مَجازٌ، قالَ أَبُو النَّجْمِ: أَقْبَلْتُ مِنْ عندِ زِيادٍ كالخَرِفْ} تَخُطُّ رِجْلايَ! بخَطٍّ مُخْتَلِفْ تُكَتِّبان فِي الطَّريقِ لامَ أَلِفْ والخَطوط، كصَبورٍ، من بَقَرِ الوَحْشِ: الَّتِي تَخُطُّ الأرْضَ بأَظْلافِها، نَقَلَه الجَوْهَرِيّ، وكَذلِكَ كُلُّ دابّةٍ، كَمَا فِي اللّسَان. والعَجَبُ من المُصَنِّفِ كَيْفَ أَهْمَلَه، وَهُوَ مَوْجودٌ فِي العُبَاب أَيْضاً. ويُقَالُ: فُلانٌ يَخُطُّ فِي الأرْضِ، إِذا كانَ يُفَكِّر فِي أَمْرِه ويُدَبِّرهُ، وَهُوَ مَجازٌ، قالَ ذُو الرُّمَّة:
(عَشِيَّةَ مَالِي حيلَةٌ غيرَ أَنَّني ... بِلَقْطِ الحَصَى {والخَطِّ فِي الدّارِ مولَعُ)

(} أَخُطُّ وأَمْحو {الخَطَّ ثمَّ أُعيدُه ... بكَفِّيَ والغِرْبانُ فِي الدَّارِ وُقَّعُ)
} والمِخْطاطُ: عودٌ تُسَوَّى عَلَيْهِ الخُطوطُ، نَقَلَهُ الجَوْهَرِيّ، والعَجَبُ من المُصَنِّفِ كَيْفَ أَهْمَلَه وَهُوَ مَوْجودٌ فِي العُبَاب أَيْضاً. وكِتابٌ مَخْطوطٌ: مكتوبٌ فِيهِ. وعَلى ظَهْر الحِمار خُطَّتانِ، بالضَّمِّ، أَي جُدَّتانِ، كَمَا فِي الأَسَاسِ، وهُما طَريقَتان مُسْتَطيلَتان تُخالِفانِ لَوْنَ سائِر الجَسَد. وخَطّ الله نَوْءــها، من الخَطيطَة، وَهِي الأرْضُ الغَيْرُ المَمْطورَةِ، هَكَذا رُوِيَ فِي حَديثِ ابْن عَبّاسٍ، قالَهُ) أَبُو عُبَيْدٍ: ويُرْوَى خَطَّأَ أَي جَعَلَه مُخْطِئاً لَهَا لَا يُصيبُها مَطَرُه، ويُرْوَى {خَطَّى، وأَصْلُه} خَطَّط، كتَقَضَّى الْبَازِي والأُولَى أَضْعَفُ الرِّواياتِ. ويُقَالُ: الْزَمْ! خَطيطَةَ الذُّلِّ مَخافَةَ مَا هُوَ أَشَدُّ مِنْهُ، نَقَلَه ابْن الأَعْرَابِيّ من قَوْلِ بعضِ العَرَبِ لابنِه. وَهُوَ مَجازٌ، استعارها للذُلِّ، لأنَّ الخَطيطَةَ من الأرَضينَ ذَليلَةٌ بِمَا بَخَسَته الأمْطارُ من حَقِّها، كَذَا فِي المُحْكَمِ. وَعَن ابْن الأَعْرَابِيّ: الأَخَطُّ: الدَّقيقُ المَحاسِنِ. ويُقَالُ: {خَطَطْتُ بالسَّيْفِ وَجْهَه، ووَسَطَه، وَهُوَ مَجازٌ. وكَذلِكَ} خَطَّهُ بالسَّيْفِ نِصْفَيْن. {والخَطيطُ، كأَميرٍ: قَريبٌ من الغَطيطِ، وَهُوَ صَوْتُ النّائم، والغَيْنُ والخاءُ يتقارَبان، يُقَالُ: خَطَّ فِي نَوْمِه، أَي غَطَّ فِيهِ. ويَوْمُ مُخَطَّطِ، كمُحَدِّثٍ: من أَيّامِهِم، عَن ابْن الأَعْرَابِيّ، وأَنْشَدَ:
(إلاَّ أَكُنْ لاقَيْتُ يومَ مُخَطِّطٍ ... فقَدْ خَبَّرَ الرُّكْبانُ مَا أَتَوَدَّدُ)
} والخُطَّة، بالضَّمِّ: الحُجَّة، كَمَا فِي العُبَاب، وَفِي النّوادِرِ: يُقَالُ: أَقِمْ عَلَى هَذَا الأمْرِ {بخُطَّةٍ، وبحُجَّةٍ، مَعْناهُما واحدٌ. وقولُهم: خُطَّةٌ نائِيَةٌ، أَي مَقْصِدٌ بَعيدٌ، كَمَا فِي الصّحاح. وَفِيه أَيْضاً: قَوْلُهُم: خُذْ خُطَّةً، أَي خُذْ خُطَّةَ الانْتِصاف، وَمَعْنَاهُ: انْتَصِفْ. وفُلانٌ يَبْني خُطَطَ المَكارِم، وَهُوَ مَجازٌ. وغُلامٌ} مُخْتَطٌّ، كمُخَطِّط، وَهُوَ مَجازٌ. وجاراهُ فَمَا خَطَّ غُبارَهُ، أَي مَا شَقَّ، كَمَا فِي الأَسَاسِ، واللِّسان، وَهُوَ مَجازٌ. قالَ الفَرَّاءُ: وَمن لُعَبِهم: تَيْسُ عَماءٍ! خُطْخوط، قالَ الصَّاغَانِيُّ: وَلم يُفَسِّرْها.
Learn Quranic Arabic from scratch with our innovative book! (written by the creator of this website)
Available in both paperback and Kindle formats.